2003 Nissan Xterra

7/15/2019 2003 Nissan Xterra

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2003-nissan-xterra 1/272

Welcome to the growing family of new NISSANowners. This vehicle is delivered to you withconfidence. It was produced using the latesttechniques and strict quality control.

This manual was prepared to help you under-stand the operation and maintenance of yourvehicle so that youmay enjoy many miles (kilome-ters) of driving pleasure. Please read through thismanual before operating your vehicle.

A separate Warranty Information Bookletexplains details about the warranties cov-ering your vehicle. The “NISSAN Serviceand Maintenance Guide” explains detailsabout maintaining and servicing your ve-

hicle. Additionally, a separate CustomerCare/Lemon Law Booklet (U.S. only) willexplain how to resolve any concerns youmay have with your vehicle, as well asclarify your rights under your state’s lemonlaw.

Your NISSAN dealership knows your vehiclebest. When you require any service or have anyquestions, they will be glad to assist you with theextensive resources available to them.

Beforedriving your vehicle pleaseread this Own-er’s Manual carefully. This will ensure familiaritywith controls and maintenance requirements, as-sisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION RE-MINDERS FOR SAFETY!

Follow these important driving rules tohelp ensure a safe and comfortable tripfor you and your passengers!

● NEVER drive under the influence of al-cohol or drugs.

●ALWAYS observe posted speed limitsand never drive too fast for conditions.

● ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro-priate child restraint systems. Pre-teenchildren should be seated in the rear seat.

● ALWAYS provide information about theproper use of vehicle safety features toall occupants of the vehicle.

● ALWAYS review this owner’s manual for

important safety information.For descriptions specified for four-wheel drivemodels, a mark is placed at the begin-ning of the applicable sections/items.

As with other vehicles with features off-road use, failure to operate four-whdrive models correctly may result in losscontrol or an accident. Be sure to re

“Driving safety precautions” in the “Staing and driving” section of this manual.

ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD DRIVIN

This vehicle will handle and maneuverdifferently from an ordinary passengercar because it has a higher center ofgravity for off-road use. As with other vehicles with features of this type, fail-ure to operate this vehicle correctly maresult in loss of control or an accident

Be sure to read “On-pavement and offroad driving precautions”, and “Avoid-ing collision and rollover”, and “Driving safety precautions”, in the “Starting andriving” section of this manual.

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE

This vehicle should not be modified.Modification could affect itsperformance, safety or durability, andmay even violate governmental

regulations. In addition, damage or peformance problems resulting frommodifications may not be covered un-der NISSAN warranties.

FOREWORD READ FIRST—THEN DRIVE SAFELY The insidepages of this manual containa minimum of 50% recycled fibers,including 10% post-consumer fibers.



This manual includes information for all optionsavailable on this model. Therefore, you may findsome information that does not apply to yourvehicle.

All information, specifications and illustrations inthis manual are those in effect at the time ofprinting. NISSAN reserves the right to changespecifications or design without notice and with-out obligation.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUTTHIS MANUAL

You will see various symbols in this manual. Theyare used in the following ways:

WARNING

This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause death or seriouspersonal injury. To avoid or reduce therisk, the procedures must be followedprecisely.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause minor or moder-ate personal injury or damage to your ve-hicle. To avoid or reduce the risk, the pro-cedures must be followed carefully.

If you see thissymbol, it means “Do not dothis”or “Do not let this happen.”

If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustra-tion, it means the arrow points to the front of thevehicle.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to theseindicate movement or action.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to thesecall attention to an item in the illustration.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65WARNING

WARNING

Engine exhaust, some of its constituenand certain vehicle components contaor emit chemicals known to the State California to cause cancer and birth dfects or other reproductive harm. In adtion, certain fluids contained in vehicland certain products of component wecontain or emit chemicals known to tState of California to cause cancer abirth defects or other reproductive harm

© 2003 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA, INCGARDENA, CALIFORNIA

All rights reserved. No part of this OwnManualmay be reproduced or storedin a retrisystem, or transmitted in any form, or by ameans, electronic, mechanical, photocopyrecording or otherwise, without the prior writpermission of Nissan North America, Inc., Gdena, California.

APD1005

WHEN READING THE MANUAL The insidepages of this manual containa minimum of 50% recycled fibers,including 10% post-consumer fibers.



Your new NISSAN is the result of our dedication toproduce the finest in safe, reliable and economicaltransportation. Your vehicle is the product of a suc-cessful worldwide company that manufactures carsandtrucks in over 17 countries and distributes themin 170 nations.

NISSAN vehicles are designed and manufacturedby Nissan Motor Co., Ltd. which was founded inTokyo, Japan in 1933, and NISSAN affiliates world-wide, collectivelygrowing to becomethe fifth largestautomaker in the world. In addition to cars andtrucks, NISSAN also makes forklift trucks, marineengines, boats and other diversified products.

NISSAN has made a substantial and growing in-vestment in North America. NISSAN’s commitmentis over $6 billion dollars in capital investments infacilities across the continent. Some of the facilitiesinclude the Nissan Manufacturing facility in Smyrna,Tennessee, vehicle styling design at Nissan Design

America, Inc.in San Diego, California, and engineer-ing at Nissan Technical Center North America inFarmington Hills, Michigan. Additionally, NISSANemploys nearly 19,000 people throughout theUnited States, Canada, and Mexico. An additional60,000 people work for the 1,250 NISSAN andINFINITI dealers across North America.

NISSAN is also a substantial contributor to theCanadian economy. Nissan Canada Inc., its suppli-ers and over 150 dealers employ approximately4,500 people. These include company employeesandthe staffsof NISSANdealers allacross Canada.In addition, many Canadians work for companies

that supply NISSAN and NISSAN dealers with ma-terials and services ranging from the operation ofport facilities and transportation services, to thesupply of lubricants, parts and accessories.

NISSAN pioneered the use of electronics and com-puters in automobiles, and has led the industry in

improving both performance and fuel efficiethrough new engine designs and the use of sthetic materials to reduce vehicle weight. The copany hasalso developedways to build qualityintvehicles at each stage of the production proce

both through extensive use of automation andmost importantly — through an awareness people are the central element in quality cont

From the time the parts arrived from our suppluntil you took delivery of your new NISSAN, dozof checksweremade to ensurethat only thebestwas being done in producing and delivering yvehicle. NISSANalso takes great care to ensurewhen you take your NISSAN to your dealermaintenance, the service technician will performwork according to the quality standards that hbeen established by NISSAN.

Safety has also been built into your NISSAN. Asknow, seat belts are an integral part of the sasystems that will help protect you and your passgers in the event of a sudden stop or an accideWe urge you to use the seat belts every time ydrive the vehicle.

The NISSAN story of growth and achievementflects our major goal: to provide you, our customwith a vehiclethat is built with qualityand craftsmship — a product that we can be proud to build ayou can be proud to own.

WFW0002

WELCOME TO THE WORLD OF NISSAN



NISSAN CARES . . .

Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer our primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs.

However, if there is something that your NISSANdealer cannot assist you with or you would like toprovide NISSAN directly with comments or ques-tions,please contact the NISSANConsumerAffairsDepartment using our toll-free number:

For U.S. mainland and Alaska customers1-800-NISSAN-1(1-800-647-7261)

For Hawaii customers

1-808-836-0888 (Oahu Number)

For Canadian customers1-800-387-0122

The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for thefollowing information:

– Your name, address, and telephone number

– Vehicle identification number (attached to thetop of the instrument panel on the driver’sside)

– Date of purchase

– Current odometer reading– Your NISSAN dealer’s name

– Your comments or questions

OR

You can write to NISSAN with the information at:

For U.S. mainland and Alaska customersNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 191Gardena, California 90248-0191

For Hawaii customersNissan Motor Corporation in Hawaii2880 Kilihau St.

Honolulu, Hawaii 96819For Canadian customers

Nissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5

We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.

NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM



Table ofContents

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Technical and consumer information

Index



1 Seats, restraints and supplemental airbag systems

Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Front manual seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Rear seat adjustment (Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4Rear seat adjustment (Type B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Head restraint adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

Supplemental restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8Supplemental air bag warning labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19Supplemental air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19

Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21Precautions on seat belt usage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21Child safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-23Pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-24

Injured persons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-24Three-point type seat belt with retractor. . . . . . . . . . 1-25Two-point type seat belt without retractor(center of rear seat). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-28Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-29Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30

Child restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-30Precautions on child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30Installation on rear seat center position. . . . . . . . . . . 1-32Installation on rear seat outboard positions . . . . . . . 1-35LATCH (lower anchors and tether for children)system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-39Top tether strap child restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-41Installation on front passenger seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-43



WARNING

● Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accident,you could be thrown into it and receiveneck or other serious injuries. Youcould also slide under the lap belt andreceive serious internal injuries.

● For the most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seat shouldbe upright. Always sit well back in the seat and adjust the seat properly. See“Precautions on Seat Belt Usage” laterin this section.

FRONT MANUAL SEATADJUSTMENT

WARNING

● Do not adjust the driver’s seat whdriving so full attention may be given vehicle operation. The seat may mo suddenly and could cause loss of cotrol of the vehicle.

● After adjustment, gently rock in the seto make sure it is securely locked.

ARS1152

SEATS

1-2 Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems



Forward and backwardPull the lever up and hold it while you slide theseat forward or backward to the desired position.Release the lever to lock the seat in position.

RecliningTo recline the seatback, pull the lever up and leanback. To bring theseatback forward, pull theleverup and lean your body forward. Release the leverto lock the seatback in position.

WARNING

After adjustment, gently rock in the seat tomake sure it is securely locked.

Seat lifter (if so equipped for driver’sseat)

Turn either dial to adjust the angle and heighthe seat cushion to the desired position.

WRS0175 WRS0176 WRS0

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1



Lumbar support (if so equipped fordriver’s seat)

The lumbar support feature provides lower back support to the driver. Move the lever up or downto adjust the seat lumbar area.

REAR SEAT ADJUSTMENT (Type A)Folding

᭺1 Pull outward on the 2 straps at the bottom ofthe seat cushions.

᭺2 Lift the front of the seat cushion up andremove the seat cushion. Store the seatcushion in a secure place.

᭺3 Pull the ring on top of the seatback up.᭺4 Fold down the seatback.





᭺5 To return the rear seat to the normal position,push the seatback up until it latches. ᭺6 Hold the seat belts above the seat cushion.᭺7 Slide the seat cushion back.

᭺8 Push down the seat cushion until it latches.

WARNING

● Never allow anyone to ride in the cargoarea or on the rear seat when it is in thefold-down position. Use of these areasby passengers without proper restraintscould result in serious injury in an acci-

dent or sudden stop.

● It is extremely dangerous to ride incargo area inside a vehicle. In a co sion, people riding in these areas amore likely to be seriously injured

killed.● Do not allow people to ride in any ar

of your vehicle that is not equipped w seats and seat belts. Be sure everyoin your vehicle is in a seat and using seat belt properly. Never ride in the re seat unless the seat bottom cushioare in place and latched.

● Properly secure all cargo with ropes straps to help prevent it from sliding

shifting. In a sudden stop or collisiounsecured cargo could cause personinjury.

● When returning the seatbacks to tupright position, be certain they acompletely secured. If they are not copletely secured in the latched positiopassengers may be injured in an acdent or sudden stop.

WRS0182 WRS0183




REAR SEAT ADJUSTMENT (Type B)Folding

᭺1 Lift the front of the seat cushion up andremove the seat cushion. Store the seatcushion in a secure place.

᭺2 Pull the ring on top of the seatback up.᭺3 Fold down the seatback.

᭺4 To return the rear seat to the normal positpush the seatback up until latches.





᭺5 Hold the seat belts above the seat cushion.᭺6 Slide the seat cushion back.

᭺7 Push down the seat cushion until it latches.

WARNING

● Never allow anyone to ride in the cargoarea or on the rear seat when it is in thefold-down position. Use of these areasby passengers without proper restraintscould result in serious injury in an acci-

dent or sudden stop.

● It is extremely dangerous to ride in acargo area inside a vehicle. In a collision, people riding in these areas aremore likely to be seriously injured or

killed.● Do not allow people to ride in any area

of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts. Be sure everyonein your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly. Never ride in the rear seat unless the seat bottom cushionsare in place and latched.

● Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help pr event it from sliding or shifting. In a sudden stop or collision,unsecured cargo could cause personalinjury.

● When returning the seatbacks to theupright position, be certain they arecompletely secured. If they arenot com-pletely secured in the latched position,passengers may be injured in an acci-dent or sudden stop.

HEAD RESTRAINT ADJUSTMENTTo raise the head restraint, pull it up. To lowpush and hold the lock knob and push the herestraint down.

WARNING

Head restraints should be adjusted proerly as they may provide significant ptection against injury in an accident. not remove them. Check the adjustme

after someone else uses the seat.

WRS0187 WRS0




Adjust the head restraint so the center is levelwith the center of your ears.

PRECAUTIONS ONSUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM

This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) sec-tion contains important information concerningthe driver and passenger supplemental front airbags and pre-tensioner seat belts.

Supplemental front impact air bag system:This system can help cushion the impact force tothe head and chest of the driver and front pas-senger in certain frontal collisions.

Supplemental curtain side-impact air bag system (if so equipped): This system can help

cushion the impact force to the head of occu-pants in front and rear outboard seating positionsin certain side impact collisions. Thecurtain side-impact airbags aredesigned to inflateon thesidewhere the vehicle is impacted.

The supplemental air bags are designed to supplement the crash protection provided bythe driver and front passenger seat belts and arenot a substitute for them. Seat belts shouldalways be correctly worn and the driver and front

passenger seated a suitable distance away fromthe steering wheel and instrument panel. (See“Seat belts” later in this section for instructionsand precautions on seat belt usage.)

The supplemental air bags operate owhen the ignition switch is in the ONSTART position.

After turning the ignition key to the

position, the supplemental air bag warnlight illuminates. The supplemental air bwarning light will turn off after abou seconds if the system is operational.

WRS0134

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM




WARNING● The supplemental front air bags ordi-

narily will not inflate in the event of a side impact, rear impact, rollover, orlower severity frontal collision. Alwayswear your seat belts to help reduce therisk or severity of injury in various kindsof accidents.

● The seat belts and the supplementalfront air bags are most effective whenyou are sitting well back and upright inthe seat. The front air bags inflate withgreat force. If you are unrestrained,leaning forward, sitting sideways or outof position in any way, you are atgreater risk of injury or death in a crash.You may also receive serious or fatalinjuries from the supplemental front airbag if you are up against it when it

inflates. Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practicalfrom the steering wheel or instrumentpanel. Always use the seat belts.

● The driver and front passenger seat bbuckles are equipped with sensors thdetectif the seat belts are fastened. Tair bag system monitors the severity

a collision and then inflates the air babased on belt usage. Failure to propewear seat belts can increase the risk severity of injury in an accident.

● Keep hands on the outside of the steeing wheel. Placing them inside t steering wheel rim could increase trisk that they are injured when t supplemental front air bag inflates.

WRS0031




WARNING● Never let children ride unrestrained

extend their hands or face out of twindow. Do not attempt to hold themyour lap or arms. Some examples dangerous riding positions are showin the illustrations.

ARS1133 ARS1




ARS1042 ARS1043 ARS1

Seats, restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1-



WARNING● Children may be severely injured or

killed when the supplemental front airbags or curtain side-impact air bagsinflate if they are not properly restrained. Pre-teens and childr en shouldbe properly restrained in the rear seat, ifpossible.

● Never install a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat. An inflating

supplemental front air bag could seri-ously injure or kill your child. See “Childrestraints” later in this section fordetails.

WARNINGSupplemental curtain side impact air ba

● The supplemental curtain side-impaair bag ordinarily will not inflate in tevent of a frontal impact, rear imparollover or lower severity side collisio Always wear your seat belt to help duce the risk or severity of injury various kinds of accidents.

ARS1045 WRS0256 SSS0




WARNING● The seat belts and the supplemental

curtain side-impact air bags are mosteffective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat. The curtain side-impact air bag inflates with greatforce. Do not allow anyone to placetheir hand, leg or face near the side roofrails or to extend their hand out of thewindow or lean against the door. Someexamples of dangerous riding positions

are shown in the previous illustrations.

WRS0236 SSS0159 SSS0




1. Crash zone sensor2. Passenger supplemental air bag module3. Passenger seat belt buckle switch4. Side curtain air bag5. Front seat belt pre-tensioner

6. Driver seat belt buckle switch7. Air bag diagnosis sensor unit8. Front seat belt pre-tensioner9. Driver supplemental air bag module

Supplemental front air bag system

The driver supplemental front air bag is locatethe center of the steering wheel. The passensupplemental front air bag is mounted in

dashboard above the glove box.

These systems are designed to meet optiocertification requirements under U.S. regulatioThey are also permitted in Canada. The optiocertification allows the front air bags to be signed to inflate somewhat less forcefully tpreviously. However, all of the informaticautions and warnings in this manual sapply and must be followed.

The supplemental front air bag system is

signed to inflate in higher severity frontal cosions, although it may inflate if the forces in other type of collision are similar to those ohigher severity frontal impact. It may not inflatcertain frontal collisions. Vehicle damage (or lof it) is not always an indication of proper supmental front air bag system operation.

The supplemental air bag system has dual stinflators for both the driver and passengerbags. The system monitors information from crash zone sensor, the diagnosis sensor unit a

seat belt buckle sensors that detect if the sbelts are fastened. Inflator operation is basedthe severity of a collision and whether the sbelts are being used. Only one front air bag m

WRS0237




inflate in a crash, depending on the crash severityand whether the front occupants are belted orunbelted. This does not indicate improper perfor-mance of the system. If you have any questions

about the performance of your air bag system,please contact your NISSAN dealer.

When the supplemental front air bag inflates, afairly loud noise may be heard, followed by therelease of smoke. This smoke is not harmful anddoes not indicate a fire. Care should be taken tonot inhale it, as it may cause irritation and chok-ing. Those with a history of a breathing conditionshould get fresh air promptly.

Supplemental front airbags, along with theuse of

seat belts, help to cushion the impact force onthe face and chest of the front occupants. Theycan help save lives and reduce serious injuries.However, an inflating front air bag may causefacial abrasions or other injuries. Front air bagsdo not provide restraint to the lower body.

Seat belts should be correctly worn and thedriver and passenger seated upright as far aspractical away from the steering wheel or instru-ment panel. The supplemental front air bags in-flate quickly in order to help protect the front

occupants. Because of this, the force of the frontair bag inflating can increase the risk of injury ifthe occupant is too close to, or is against, thefront air bag module during inflation.

The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision.

The supplemental front air bags operateonly when the ignition switch is in the ONor START position.

After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational.

WARNING

● Do not place any objects on the steer-ing wheel pad or on the instrumentpanel. Also, do not place any objects

between any occupant and the steeringwheel or instrument panel. Such ob-jects may become dangerous projec-tiles and cause injury if the supplemen-tal front air bag inflates.

● Right after inflation, several front airbag system components will be hot. Donot touch them; you may severely burnyourself.

● No unauthorized changes should made to any components or wiring the supplemental air bag system. Thisto prevent accidental inflation of t

supplemental air bag or damage to t supplemental air bag system.

● Do not make unauthorized changesyour vehicle’s electrical system, supension system or front end structuThis could affect proper operation the supplemental front air bag system

● Tampering with the supplemental froair bag system may result in seriopersonal injury. Tampering includchanges to the steering wheel and t

instrument panel assembly by placimaterial over the steering wheel pand above the instrument panel or installing additional trim materaround the air bag system.




● Maintenance around andon the supple-mental front air bag system should bedone by a NISSAN dealer. Installationof electrical equipment should also be

done by a NISSAN dealer. The Supple-mental Restraint System (SRS) wiring should not be modified or discon-nected. Unauthorized electrical testequipment and probing devices shouldnot be used on the air bag system.

● A cracked windshield should be re-placed immediately by a qualified re-pair facility. A cracked windshield couldaffect inflation of the supplemental airbag system.

● The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easyidentification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the supplemental front airbag system and guide the buyer to the appropri-ate sections in this Owner’s Manual.

Supplemental curtain side-impact airbag system (if so equipped)

The supplemental curtain side-impact air bagsare located in the roof side rails. This system isdesigned to meet voluntary guidelines to helpreduce the risk of injury to out-of-position occu-pants. However, all of the information, cau-tions and warnings in this manual still ap-ply and must be followed. The curtain side-impact air bags are designed to inflate in higher

severity side collisions, although they may inflateif the forces in another type of collision are similarto those of a higher severity side impact. They are

designed to inflate on the side where the vehis impacted. They may not inflate in certain scollisions.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always

indication of proper supplemental curtain siimpact air bag operation.

When the supplemental curtain side-impacbags inflate, a fairly loud noise may be heafollowed by release of smoke. This smoke is harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care shobe taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritaand choking. Those with a history of a breathcondition should get fresh air promptly.

Supplemental curtain side-impact air bags h

to cushion the impact force to the head of ocpants in the front and rear outboard seating sitions. They can help save lives and redserious injuries. However, an inflating curside-impact air bag maycause abrasions or otinjuries. Supplemental curtain side-impactbags do not provide restraint to the lower bo

Rear seat passengers should be seated asaway as practical from the door finishersand sroof rails. The curtain side-impact air bag inf

quickly in order to help protect the occupaBecause of this, the force of the curtain siimpact air bag inflating can increase the riskinjury if the occupant is too close to, or is agai

WRS0235




these air bag modules during inflation. The cur-tain side-impact air bag will deflate quickly afterthe collision is over.

The supplemental curtain side-impact air

bags operate only when the ignition switchis in the ON or START position.

After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational.

WARNING

● Right after inflation, several curtain

side-impact air bag system compo-nents will be hot. Do not touch them;you may severely burn yourself.

● No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe curtain side-impact air bag system.This is to prevent accidental inflation ofthe curtain side-impact air bag or dam-age to the curtain side-impact air bag system.

● Do not make unauthorized changes toyour vehicle’s electrical system, sus-pension system or side panel. Thiscould affect proper operation of the

supplemental curtain side-impact airbag system.

● Work around and on the curtain side-impact air bag system should be doneby a NISSAN dealer. Installation of elec-trical equipment should also be done bya NISSAN dealer. The SRS wiring har-nesses* should not be modified or dis-connected. Unauthorized electrical testequipment and probing devices shouldnot be used on the side air bag system.

* The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the supplemental side airbag and curtain side-impact air bag system andguide thebuyerto theappropriate sections in thisOwner’s Manual.

Pre-tensioner seat belt system (Forfront seats)

WARNING

● The pre-tensioner seat belt cannot reused after activation. It must be placed together with the retractor abuckle as a unit.

● If the vehicle becomes involved infrontal collision but the pre-tensionenot activated, be sure to have the prtensioner system checked and, if neessary, replaced by your NISSAdealer.

● No unauthorized changes should made to any components or wiring the pre-tensioner seat belt system. This to prevent accidental activation the pre-tensioner seat belt or damato thepre-tensioner seat belt operatioTampering with the pre-tensioner sebelt system may result in serious p sonal injury.




● Work around and on the pre-tensioner system should be done by a NISSANdealer. Installation of electrical equip-ment should also be done by a NISSAN

dealer. Unauthorized electrical testequipment and probing devices shouldnot be used on the pre-tensioner seatbelt system.

● If you need to dispose of the pre-tensioner or scrap the vehicle, contact aNISSAN dealer. Correct pre-tensionerdisposal procedures are set forth in theappropriate NISSAN Service Manual.Incorrect disposal procedures couldcause personal injury.

The front seat pre-tensioner seat belt systemactivates in conjunction with the supplementalfront air bag. Working with the seat belt retractor,it helps tighten the seat belt the instant the ve-hicle becomes involved in certain types of colli-sions, thereby restraining seat occupants.

The pre-tensioner is encased with the seat belt’sretractor. These seat belts are used the same asconventional seat belts.

When the pre-tensioner seat belt activates,smoke is released and a loud noise may beheard.This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate afire. Careshould betaken not toinhaleit, as itmay

cause irritation and choking. Those with a historyof a breathing condition should get fresh airpromptly.

If any abnormality occurs in the pre-tensioner

system, the supplemental air bag warninglight will flash intermittently after the igni-tion key is turned to the ON or START position. Inthis case, the pre-tensioner seat belt will notfunction properly. They must be checked andrepaired. Take your vehicle to the nearestNISSAN dealer.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinformthe buyer about thepre-tensioner seat beltsystem and guide the buyer to the appropriatesections in this Owner’s Manual.




1. SRS Air Bag Warning Labels2. SRS Curtain Side-impact Air Bag

Warning Labels (located on the doorpillar) (if so equipped)

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LABELS

Warning labels about the supplemental front airbag and curtain side-impact air bag systems areplaced in the vehicle as shown in the illustration.

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LIGHT

The supplemental air bag warning lidisplaying in the instrument panel, mtors the circuits of the supplemental front air bsupplemental curtain side-impact air bag (ifequipped) and pre-tensioner seat belt systeThe circuits monitored by the supplementabag warning light are the diagnosis sensor ucrash zone sensor, supplemental front air b

modules, supplemental curtain side-impactbag modules (if so equipped), pre-tensioner sbelts and all related wiring.

WRS0188

LRS0




When the ignition key is in the ON or STARTposition, the supplemental air bag warning lightilluminates for about 7 seconds and then turnsoff. This means the system is operational.

If any of the following system conditions occur,the supplemental front air bag, supplemental cur-tain side-impact air bag and pre-tensioner seatbelt systems need servicing:

● The supplemental air bag warning light re-mains on after approximately 7 seconds.

● The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

● The supplemental air bag warning light does

not come on at all.Under these conditions, the Supplemental Re-straint System (supplemental front air bag,supplemental curtain side-impact air bag or pre-tensioner seat belt systems) may not operateproperly. It must be checked and repaired. Takeyour vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning light

is on, it could mean that the supplementalfront air bag or pre-tensioner seat belt systems will not operate in an accident.

Repair and replacement procedure

The supplemental front air bags, supplementalcurtain side-impact air bags (if so equipped) andpre-tensioner seat belts are designed to inflate

on a one-time-only basis. As a reminder, unless itis damaged, the supplemental air bag warninglight remains illuminated after inflation has oc-curred. Repair and replacement of these supple-mental air bag systems should be done only by aNISSAN dealer.

When maintenance work is required on the ve-hicle, the supplemental front air bags, supple-mental curtain side-impact air bags, pre-tensioner seat belts and related parts should be

pointed out to the person performing the mainte-nance. The ignition key should always be in theLOCK position when working under the hood orinside the vehicle.

WARNING

● Once a supplemental front air bag supplemental curtain side-impact bag has inflated, the air bag module w

not function again and must be placed. Additionally, if any of t supplemental front air bags inflate, tactivated pre-tensioner seat belts mualso be replaced. The air bag moduand pre-tensioner seat belt syste should be replaced by a NISSAN dealThe air bag module and pre-tension seat belt system cannot be repaired.

● The supplemental front air bag and ctain side-impact air bag systems, a

the pre-tensioner seat belt syste should be inspected by a NISSAdealer if there is any damage to tfront end or side portion of the vehic

● If you need to dispose of the suppmental air bag, pre-tensioner seat b system or scrap the vehicle, contacNISSAN dealer. Correct supplemenair bag and pre-tensioner seat belt sytem disposal procedures are set forththe appropriate NISSAN ServManual. Incorrect disposal procedurcould cause personal injury.




PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGE

If you are wearing your seat belt properly adjusted, your chances of being injured or killed inan accident and/or the severity of injury may begreatly reduced. NISSAN strongly encouragesyou and allof your passengers to buckle up everytime you drive, even if your seating position in-cludes a supplemental air bag.

Most U.S. states and Canadian provincesor territories specify that seat belts be wornat all times when a vehicle is being driven.

SSS0136

SEAT BELTS




WARNING● Every person who drives or rides in this

vehicle should use a seat belt at alltimes. Children should be properly restrained in the rear seat and, if appro-priate, in a child restraint.

WARNING● The seat belt should be properly a

justedto a snug fit.Failure to doso mreduce the effectiveness of the entrestraint system and increase tchance or severity of injury in an acdent. Serious injury or death can occif the seat belt is not worn properly.

SSS0134 SSS0




WARNING● Always route the shoulder belt over

your shoulder and across your chest.Never run the belt behind your back,under your arm or across your neck. Thebelt should be away from your face andneck, but not falling off your shoulder.

● Position the lap belt as low and snug aspossible AROUND THE HIPS, NOT THEWAIST. A lap belt worn too high couldincrease the risk of internal injuries in

an accident.

● Be sure the seat belt tongue is securelyfastened to the proper buckle.

● Do not wear the seat belt inside out ortwisted. Doing so may reduce its

effectiveness.● Do not allow more than one person to

use the same seat belt.

● Never carry more people in the vehiclethan there are seat belts.

● Never allow anyone to ride in the cargoarea while the vehicle is in motion. Itdoes not contain seat belts. It is notdesigned for passengers. They could beinjured in sudden braking or a collision.

● If the seat belt warning light glows con-tinuously while the ignition is turnedON with all doors closed and all seatbelts fastened, it may indicate a mal-function in the system. Have the systemchecked by a NISSAN dealer.

● Once the pre-tensioner seat belt hasactivated, it cannot be reused and mustbe replaced together with the retractor.See your NISSAN dealer.

● Removal and installation of the pre-tensioner seat belt system components should be done by a NISSAN dealer.

● All seat belt assemblies, including rtractors and attaching hardwa should be inspected after any collisiby a NISSAN dealer. NISSAN recomends that all seat belt assembliesuse during a collision be replaced uless the collision was minor and tbelts show no damage and continueoperate properly. Seat belt assemblnot in use during a collision should abe inspected and replaced if eithdamage or improper operation is note

● All child restraints and attaching haware should be inspected after any clision. Always follow the restra

manufacturer’s inspection instructioand replacement recommendatioThe child restraints should be replacif they are damaged.

CHILD SAFETY

Children need adults to help protect theThey need to be properly restrained.

The proper restraint depends on the child’s sGenerally, infants up to about 1 year and lthan 20 pounds (9 kg) should be placed in rfacing child restraints. Front facing child straints are available for children who outgrrear facing child restraints.

SSS0014




WARNING

Infants and children need special protec-tion. The vehicle’s seat belts may not fitthem properly. The shoulder belt may

come too close to the face or neck. Thelap belt may not fit over their small hipbones. In an accident, an improperly fit-ting seat belt could cause serious or fatalinjury. Always use appropriate childrestraints.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or terri-tories require the use of approved child restraintsfor infants and small children. See “Child Re-straints” later in this section.

In addition, there are many types of child re-straints available for larger children which shouldbe used for maximum protection.

NISSAN recommends that all pre-teensand children be restrained in the rear seat. According to accident statistics, childrenare safer when properly restrained in therear seat than in the front seat. This isespecially important because your vehiclehas a supplemental restraint system (Air

bag system) for the front passenger. See“Supplemental restraint system” earlier inthis section.

Infants and small children

NISSAN recommends that infants and small chil-dren be placed in child restraints that complywithFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Ca-

nadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. Youshould choose a child restraint that fits your ve-hicle and always follow the manufacturer’s in-structions for installation and use.

Larger children

Children who are too large for child restraintsshould be seated and restrained by the seat beltswhich are provided.

If the child’s seating position has a shoulder belt

that fits close to the face or neck, the use of abooster seat (commercially available) may helpovercome this. The booster seat should raise thechild so that the shoulder belt is properly posi-tioned across the top, middle portion of theshoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips. Thebooster seat should fit the vehicle seat and havea label certifying that it complies with FederalMotor Vehicle SafetyStandardsor Canadian Mo-tor Vehicle Safety Standards. Once the child hasgrown so the shoulderbeltis no longer onor near

the face and neck, use the shoulder belt withoutthe booster seat.

WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel on a seat and do not allow a child in the carareas while the vehicle is moving. T

child could be seriously injured or killedan accident or sudden stop.

PREGNANT WOMEN

NISSAN recommends that pregnant women seat belts. The seat belt should be worn snand always position the lap belt as low as psible around the hips, not the waist. Place shoulder belt over your shoulder and across ychest. Never run the lap/shoulder belt over yabdominal area. Contact your doctor for specrecommendations.

INJURED PERSONS

NISSAN recommends that injured persons seat belts. Check with your doctor for specrecommendations.




THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTWITH RETRACTOR

WARNING

● Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at alltimes.

● Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accident,you could be thrown into it and receiveneck or other serious injuries. Youcould also slide under the lap belt andreceive serious internal injuries.

● For the most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seat shouldbe upright. Always sit well back in the seat and adjust the seat belt properly.

Fastening the seat belts

᭺1 Adjust the seat. See “Seats” earlier in thissection.

᭺2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retrac

and insertthe tongueinto thebuckle untilhear and feel the latch engage.

The retractor is designed to lock durin sudden stop or on impact. A slow pullmotion permits the seat belt to move, aallows you some freedom of movementhe seat.

WRS0174 WRS0




᭺3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug

on the hips as shown.

᭺4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward theretractorto take up extra slack.Make sure theshoulder belt is routed over your shoulderand is snug across your chest.

The front passenger seat belt and the rear three-point seat belts have a cinching mechanism forchild restraint installation. It is referred to as theautomatic locking mode.

When automatic locking mode is activated theseat belt cannotbe withdrawnagain until theseatbelt tongue is detached from the buckle and fullyretracted. Once retracted, the seat belt is in the

emergency locking mode. See “Child restraints”later in this section for more information.

The automatic locking mode should beused only for child restraint installation.During normal seat belt use by a passen-ger, the locking mode should not be activated. If it is activated it may cause uncom-fortable seat belt tension.

WARNING

When fastening the seat belts, be certainthat the seatbacks are completely se-cured in the latched position. If they arenot completely secured, passengers maybe injured in an accident or sudden stop.

Unfastening the seat belts

᭺1 To unfasten theseat belt, press thebuttonthe buckle. The seat belt automatically tracts.

Checking seat belt operation

Seat belt retractors aredesigned to lock seatmovement by two separate methods:

● When the seat belt is pulled quickly fromretractor.

● When the vehicle slows down rapidly.

To increase your confidence in the seat becheck the operation as follows.

WRS0138 WRS0




● Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forwardquickly. The retractor should lock and re-strict further belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during this check orif you have any questions about seat belt opera-tion, see a NISSAN dealer.

Shoulder belt height adjustment (Forfront seats)

The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you. (See “Precau-tions on seat belt usage” earlier in this section.)To adjust, pull out the adjustment button᭺1 andmove the shoulder belt anchor to the desiredposition᭺2 , so the belt passesover the centerofthe shoulder. The belt should be away from yourface and neck, but not falling off your shoulder.Release the adjustment button to lock the shoul-der belt anchor into position.

WARNING

● After adjustment, release the adjument button and try to move the shoder belt anchor up and down to ma

sure it is securely fixed in position.● The shoulder belt anchor height shou

be adjusted to the position best for yoFailure to do so may reduce the effetiveness of the entire restraint systeand increase the chance or severityinjury in an accident.

WRS0189




TWO-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTWITHOUT RETRACTOR (center ofrear seat)

Fastening the belts

1. Insert the tongue into the buckle until youhear and feel the latch engage.

2. Tighten the belt by pulling the free end of

belt away from the tongue.





3. Position the lap belt low and snug on the

hips as illustrated.

4. Loosen the belt by holding the tongue at a

right angle to the belt, then pull on the belt.

Unfastening the seat belts

To unfasten the seat belt, press the button buckle.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERS

If, because of body size or driving position, not possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder band fasten it, an extender is available whiccompatible with the installed seat belts. The tender adds approximately 8 inches (200 mmlength and may be used for either the drive

front passenger seating position. See a NISSdealer for assistance if an extender is require



CHILD RESTRAINTS



WARNING

● Only NISSAN seat belt extenders, madeby the same company which made theoriginal equipment seat belts, should

be used with NISSAN seat belts.● Adults and children who can use the

standard seat belt should not use anextender. Such unnecessary use couldresult in serious personal injury in theevent of an accident.

● Never use seat belt extenders to installchild restraints. If the child restraint isnot secured properly, the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sud-den stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE

● To clean the seat belt webbing, apply amild soap solution or any solution recom-mended for cleaning upholstery or carpet.Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seatbelts to dry in the shade. Do not allow theseat belts to retract until they are completelydry.

● If dirt builds up in the shoulder beltguide of the seat belt anchors, the seatbelts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoulderbelt guide with a clean, dry cloth.

● Periodically check to see that the seatbelt and the metal components, such asbuckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wiresand anchors, work properly. If loose parts,deterioration, cuts or other damage on the

webbing is found, the entire seat belt as-sembly should be replaced.

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILDRESTRAINTS

WARNING

● Infants and small children should ways be placed in an appropriate chrestraint while riding in the vehicFailure to use a child restraint can sult in serious injury or death.

ARS10

CHILD RESTRAINTS




WARNING

● Infants and small children should neverbe carried on your lap. It is not possiblefor even the strongest adult to resist theforces of a severe accident. The childcould be crushed between theadult andparts of the vehicle. Also, do not put the same seat belt around both your childand yourself.

● Never install a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat. An inflating supplemental front air bag could seri-ously injure or kill your child. A rear-facing child restraint must only be used

in the rear seat.

● NISSAN recommends that the child restraint be installed in the rear seat. Ac-cording to accident statistics, childrenare safer when properly restrained inthe rear seat than in the front seat.

● An improperly installed child restraintcould lead to serious injury or death inan accident.

In general, child restraints are designed to beinstalled with a lap belt or the lap portion of athree-point type seat belt. In addition, this vehicleis equipped with a universal child restraint loweranchor system, referred to as the LATCH (LowerAnchors and Tether for Children) system. Somechild restraints include two rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that can be connected tothese lower anchors. For details, see the “LATCH(Lower Anchors and Tether for Children) system”later in this section.

Child restraints for infants and small children ofvarious sizes are offered by several manufactur-ers. When selecting any child restraint, keep thefollowing points in mind:

● Choose only a restraint with a label certifythat it complies with Federal Motor VehSafety Standard 213 or Canadian MoVehicle Safety Standard 213.

●

Check thechildrestraint in your vehicle tosure it is compatible with the vehicle’s sand seat belt system.

● If the child restraint is compatible with yvehicle, place your child in the child restrand check the various adjustments tosure the child restraint is compatible wyour child. Always follow all recommendprocedures.

All U.S. states and provinces of Cana

require that infants and small childrenrestrained in an approved child restrainall times while the vehicle is being opated.

WARNING

● Improper use of a child restraint cincrease the risk or severity of injury fboth the child and other occupantsthe vehicle.

WRS0256




● Follow all of the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions for installationand use. When purchasing a child restraint, be sure to select one which willfit your child and vehicle. It may not be

possible to properly install some typesof child restraints in your vehicle.

● If the child restraint is not anchoredproperly, the risk of a child being in-jured in a collision or a sudden stopgreatly increases.

● Adjustable seatbacks should be posi-tioned to fit the child restraint, but asupright as possible.

● After attaching the child restraint, test it

before you place the child in it. Tilt itfrom side to side. Try to tug it forwardand check to see if the belt holds therestraint in place. The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch. If therestraint is not secure, tighten the beltas necessary, or put the restraint in an-other seat and test it again.

● For a front-facing child restraint, if the seat position where it is installed has athree-point type lap/shoulder belt,check to make sure the shoulder beltdoesnot go in front of the child’s faceor

neck. If it does, put the shoulder beltbehind the child restraint. If you mustinstall a front facing child restraint inthe front seat, see “Installation on frontpassenger seat” later in this section.

● When your child restraint is not in use,keep it secured with a seat belt to prevent it from being thrown around incase of a sudden stop or accident.

CAUTION

Remember that a child restraint left in aclosed vehicle can become very hot.Check the seating surface and bucklesbefore placing your child in the childrestraint.

INSTALLATION ON REAR SEATCENTER POSITION

Front facing

When you install a child restraint in the rcenter seat, follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the seatillustrated. Always follow the restraint mafacturer’s instructions.

Front Facing — step 1

WRS02




2. Route the seat belt tongue through the childrestraint and insert it into the buckle until youhear and feel the latch engage.

Be sure to follow the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions for belt routing.

3. Remove all slack in the lap belt for a verytight fit by pulling forcefully on the lap beltadjustment.

4. Beforeplacing thechild in thechild restrause force to tilt the child restraint from sto side, and tug it forward to make sure securely in place. It should not move mthan 1 inch.

5. If it is not secure, try to tighten the belt agor put the restraint in another seat.

6. Check to make sure the child restrainproperly secured prior to each use.


WRS0250


WRS0264


WRS02




Rear facingWhen you install a child restraint in the rearcenter seat, follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat asillustrated. Always follow the restraint manu-facturer’s instructions.


Be sure to follow thechild restraint manu-facturer’s instructions for belt routing.

3. Remove all slack in the lap belt for a vtight fit by pulling forcefully on the lap badjustment.

Rear Facing — step 1

WRS0266


WRS0267


WRS02




4. Before placing the child in the child restraint,use force to tilt the child restraint from sideto side, and tug it forward to make sure it issecurely in place. It should not move morethan 1 inch.

5. If it is not secure, try to tighten the belt again,or put the restraint in another seat.

6. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use.

INSTALLATION ON REAR SEATOUTBOARD POSITIONS

WARNING

●The three-point seat belt in your vehicleis equipped with an automatic lockingmode retractor which must be usedwhen installing a child restraint.

● Failure to use the retractor’s lockingmode will result in the child restraintnot being properly secured. The restraint could tip over or otherwise beunsecured and cause injury to the childin a sudden stop or collision.

Front facingWhen you install a child restraint in a rear oboard seat, follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat.ways follow the restraint manufacturer’sstructions.


WRS0269


WRS02






3. Pull on the shoulder belt until allof the belt isfully extended. At this time, the belt retractoris in the automatic locking mode (child re-straint mode). It reverts back to emergencylocking mode when the belt is fully retracted.

4. Allow the belt to retract. Pull up on shoulder belt to remove any slack in the b


WRS0250


WRS0251


WRS01




5. Before placing the child in the child restraint,use force to tilt the child restraint from sideto side, and tug it forward to make sure it issecurely held in place. It should not movemore than 1 inch.

6. Check that the retractor is in the automaticlocking mode by trying to pull more belt outof the retractor. If you cannot pull any morebelt webbing out of the retractor, the retrac-tor is in the automatic locking mode.

7. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If thebeltis not locked, repeat steps 3 through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and the seatbelt is fully retracted, the automatic locking mode(child restraint mode) is canceled.

Rear facingWhen you install a child restraint in a rear oboard seat, follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat.ways follow the restraint manufacturer’sstructions.


WRS0252


WRS02




2. Route the seat belt tongue through the childrestraint and insert it into the buckle until youhear and feel it engage.


3. Pull on the shoulder belt until allof the belt isfully extended. At this time, the belt retractoris in the automatic locking mode (child re-straint mode). It reverts back to emergencylocking mode when the belt is fully retracted.

4. Allow the belt to retract. Pull up on shoulder belt to remove any slack in the b


WRS0309


WRS0260


WRS02




5. Before placing the child in the child restraint,use force to tilt the child restraint from sideto side, and tug it forward to make sure it issecurely held in place. It should not movemore than 1 inch.

6. Check that the retractor is in the automaticlocking mode by trying to pull more belt outof the retractor. If you cannot pull any morebelt webbing out of the retractor, the retrac-tor is in the automatic locking mode.

7. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If thebeltis not locked, repeat steps 3 through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and the seatbelt is fully retracted, the automatic locking mode(child restraint mode) is canceled.

LATCH (lower anchors and tether fo

children) SYSTEM

WARNING

● Attach LATCH system compatible chrestraints only at the locations showna child restraint is not secured propeyour child could be seriously injuredkilled in an accident.

● Do not secure a child restraint in tcenter rear seating position using t

LATCH system anchors. The child straint will not be secured properly.


WRS0254 WRS0




● The LATCH system anchors are designed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted child restraints. Under no circumstance arethey to be used for adult seat belts or

harnesses.

Some child restraints include two rigid orwebbing-mounted attachments that can be con-nected to two anchors located at certain seatingpositions in your vehicle. This system is known asthe LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tether for Chil-dren) system. This systemmay also be referred toas the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system.With this system, you do not haveto use a vehicleseat belt to securethe child restraint. Yourvehicle

is equipped with special anchor points that areused with LATCH system compatible child re-straints. Check your child restraint for a labelstating that it is compatible with the LATCH sys-tem. This information may also be in the childrestraint owner’s manual. If you have such a childrestraint, refer to the illustration for the seatingpositions equipped with LATCH system anchorswhich can be used to secure the child restraint.

The LATCH system anchors are located at the

rear of the seat cushion near the seatback. Alabel is attached to the seatback to help youlocate the LATCH system anchors.

LATCH child restraints generally require the useof a top tether strap. See “Top tether strap childrestraint” later in this section for installation in-structions.

When installing a child restraint, carefully readand follow the instructions in this manual andthose supplied with the child restraint.

When you install a LATCH system compatiblechild restraint to the lower anchor attachments,follow these steps:

WARNING

Inspect the lower anchors by insertingyour fingers into the lower anchor areaand feeling to make sure there are noobstructions over the LATCH system an-chors, such as seat belt webbing or seatcushion material. The child restraint willnot be secured properly if the LATCH sys-tem anchors are obstructed.

1. To install the LATCH system compatiblechild restraint, insert the child restraintLATCH system anchor attachments into theanchor points on the seat. If the child re-straint is equipped with a top tether, see

“Top tether strap child restraint” later in thissection for installation instructions.

2. After attaching the child restraint and befplacing the child in it, use force to tilt child restraint from side to side and tuforward to make sure that the child restrais securely held in place. It should not mo

more than 1 inch.3. Check to make sure that the child restrain

properly secured prior to each use.




1. Hook 2. Anchor bracket3. Tether strap4. Tongue and buckle fastened

TOP TETHER STRAP CHILDRESTRAINT

This vehicle is equipped with 3 anchor bracketsin the rear cargo area for attaching child restrainttop tether straps.

If your child restraint has a top tether strap, se-cure thechild restraintwith thetwo-point(center)or three-point seat belt and latch the top straphook onto the anchor bracket which provides thestraightest installation of the tether strap. Tightenthe strap according to the manufacturer’s in-

structions to remove any slack. Make sure shoulder belt is placed between the seat band child restraint.

Forthe rear outboard seating positions, placetop tether strap over the seat back as show

the illustration.

Rear seat outboard position

WRS0207

Rear seat outboard position

WRS0209




For the rear center seating position, place the toptether strap through the split between the rearseat back cushion as shown in the illustration.Position the tether as low as possible in the splitbefore tightening the top tether strap. Do notplace the top tether strap over the seat back tothe side of the split when installing a child re-straint in the center rear position. In that positionthe top tether strap may not stay in place and notkeep the child restraint secure in a crash.

WARNING

In the center position the top tether strapmust be correctly placedbetween the splitin the rear seat back cushions. If the childrestraint top tether strap is not securedproperly, your child could be seriously in-jured or killed in an accident.

Securethe top strap to the attaching bracket thatprovides the straightest installation of the strap.Tighten the strap according to the manufactur-er’s instructions to remove any slack.

WARNING

● Child restraint anchor points are designed to withstand only those loads

imposed by correctly fitted child restraints. Under no circumstances arethey to be used for adult seat belts orharnesses.

● The child restraint top tether strap maybe damaged by contact with the ton-neau cover or items in the cargo area.Remove the tonneau cover from the ve-hicle or secure it and any cargo. Yourchild could be seriously injured or killedin a collision if the top tether strap isdamaged.

1. Anchor point locations

2. Cargo tie down hook flapsAnchor point locations

Anchorpoints arelocated in thecargo area unthe carpet᭺1 .

If you have any questions when installintop strap child restraint on the rear seconsult your NISSAN dealer for details.

Rear seat center position

WRS0208 WRS0




Flaps are provided in the carpet for easy access

to theanchor point locations and are markedwiththe label shown.

INSTALLATION ON FRONT

PASSENGER SEAT

WARNING

● Never install a rear-facing child restraint in the front passenger seat.Supplemental front air bags inflate withgreat force. A rear-facing child restraintcould be struck by the supplementalfront air bag in a crash and could seri-ously injure or kill your child.

WARNING

● NISSAN recommends that child straints be installed in the rear seHowever, if you must install a forwarfacing child restraint in the front pa senger seat, move the passenger seto the rearmost position.

● A child restraint with a top tether str should not be used in the front passeger seat.





● The three-point seat belt in your vehicleis equipped with an automatic lockingmode retractor which must be usedwhen installing a child restraint.

● Failure to use the retractor’s locking

mode will result in the child restraintnot being properly secured. The restraint could tip over or otherwise beunsecured and cause injury to the childin a sudden stop or collision.

If you must install a child restraint inthe front seat,follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the front pas-senger seat. It should be placed in afront-facing direction only. Move the seat to the rearmost position. Alwaysfollow the child restraint manufacturer’s in-structions. Child restraints for infantsmust be used in the rear-facing direc-tion and therefore must not be used inthe front seat.

2. Route the seat belt tongue through the crestraint and insert it into the buckleuntilhear and feel the latch engage.Be sure to followthe child restraintmanufturer’s instructions for belt routing.


WRS0258


WRS01




3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt isfully extended. At this time, the seat beltretractor is in the automatic locking mode(child restraint mode). It reverts to emer-gency locking mode when the seat belt isfully retracted.

4. Allow the seat belt to retract slightly. Pull upon the shoulder belt to remove any slack inthe belt.

If necessary to ensure the child restraint is secure, pull the shoulder belt through the seat belt tongue beyond the stitching in thebelt.

After the seat belt is fully retracted and the childrestraint is removed from the seat, the stitchingon the shoulder belt can be pulled back throughthe seat belt tongue. This stitching locates theseat belt tongue near the top of the seat back foreasy access for passengers.

5. Beforeplacing thechild in thechild restrause force to tilt the child restraint from sto side, and tug it forward to make sure tit issecurelyheldin place. It shouldnot mmore than 1 inch.

6. Check that the retractor is in the automlocking mode by trying to pull more seat out of the retractor. If you cannot pull more belt webbing out of the retractor, retractor is in the automatic locking mod


WRS0160


WRS0161


WRS02




7. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If theseat belt is not locked, repeat steps 3through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and the seat

belt is fully retracted, the automatic locking mode(child restraint mode) is canceled.


2 Instruments and controls



2 Instruments and controls

Instrument panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Meters and gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

Speedometer and odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

Compass and outside temperature display(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

Outside temperature display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Compass display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders . . . . . . . 2-9Checking bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15

Security systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15Vehicle security system (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . 2-15

Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Switch operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18

Rear window wiper and washer switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19Rear window defroster switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20

Headlight and turn signal switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Headlight control switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Fog light switch (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22

Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-23Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23Power outlet (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25

Storage compartment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25Roof headliner net (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26Map pocket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-26Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27

Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27Console box (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28Luggage hooks (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-29Tonneau cover (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30

Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31Power windows (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31Manual windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33

Sunroof (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-33Manual sunroof. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-33Removing/installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34

Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35

Map lights (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35Illuminated entry system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36Battery saver (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36

INSTRUMENT PANEL



1. Headlight/turn signal switch2. Meters and gauges3. Windshield wiper/washer switch4. Power point5. Heater and air conditioner

6. Front passenger supplemental air ba7. Glove box8. Audio system9. Hazard warning flasher switch10. Automatic/manual selector lever11. Transfer case shift lever (if so

equipped)12. Parking brake release lever13. Cruise control main/set switch (if so

equipped)

14. Driver supplemental air bag15. Steering wheel switch for audio con

trols (if so equipped)16. Vehicle dynamics control (VDC) off

switch (if so equipped)

WIC0366

2-2 Instruments and controls

METERS AND GAUGES



1. Speedometer

2. Odometer3. Reset button

SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER

Speedometer

The speedometer indicates vehicle speed inmiles per hour (MPH) and kilometers per hour(km/h).

Odometer

The odometer records the total distance the ve-hicle has been driven.

WIC0323

Instruments and controls 2



The trip odometer records the distance of indi-vidual trips. Before each trip reset the trip odom-eter.

Push the reset button to change the display asfollows:

ODO (odometer)→ TRIP A→ TRIP B→ ODO

Push and hold the reset button for more than 1second to reset either trip odometer.

AIC1




TACHOMETER

The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo-lutions per minute (r/min). The red zone ᭺1 isshown in the illustration.

CAUTION

When engine speed approaches the redzone, shift to a higher gear. Operating theengine in the red zone may cause seriousengine damage.

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE

GAUGEThegauge indicates the engine coolant tempera-ture. Theengine coolant temperature is withinthenormal range when the gauge needle points be-tween the C and the H on the gauge.

The engine coolant temperature varies with theoutside air temperature and driving conditions.

CAUTION

If the gauge indicates engine coolant teperature over the normal range, stop t vehicle as soon as safely possible. If tengine is overheated, continued ope

tion of the vehicle may seriously damathe engine. See the “In case of emgency” section for immediate actirequired.

WIC0358 LIC0091


COMPASS AND OUTSIDETEMPERATURE DISPLAY (if soequipped)



FUEL GAUGE

The gauge indicates the approximate fuel levelin the tank.

The gauge may move slightly during braking,turning, acceleration, or going up or down hills.

The gauge needle returns to E (Empty) after theignition key is turned to OFF.

The low fuel warning light comes on when theamount of fuel in the tank is getting low.

Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis-ters E (Empty).

The indicates that the fuel filler lid is lo-cated on the passenger side of the vehicle.

CAUTION

● If the vehicle r uns out of fuel,

the malfunction indicator lamp(MIL) may come on. Refuel as soon aspossible. After a few driving trips,

the lamp should turn off. If the

lamp remains on after a few drivingtrips, have the vehicle inspected by aNISSAN dealer.

● For additional information, see “Mal-function indicator lamp (MIL)” later inthis section.

This unit has the following functions:

● Measures terrestrial magnetism and incates heading direction of vehicle

● Indicates outside air temperature

LIC0092

equipped)




OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE DISPLAY

Push the MODE button᭺1 when the ignition keyis in the ACC or ON position. The outside tem-perature will be displayed᭺2 in °F.

● Push the MODE button to change from °F to°C.

● When the outside temperature is be-tween 130°F (55°C) and 158°F (70°C),the display shows 130°F (55°C) .

● When the outside temperature is lower

than -40°F (-40°C) or higher than 158°F(70°C), the display shows only — — —

though it is operating. This is not amalfunction.

● The outside temperature sensor is lo-cated in front of the radiator. The sensor may be affected by road or engine

heat, wind direction and other drivingconditions. The display may differ fromthe actual outside temperature or thetemperature displayed on various signs or billboards.

● Temperature display will not updateunless the vehicle is moving fasterthan 12 mph (20 km/h), or the ignition switch has been OFF for 4 hours.

COMPASS DISPLAY

Push the MODE button᭺1 when the ignition keyisin the ACC orON position. The direction will bedisplayed᭺2 .

Zone variation change procedure

The difference between magnetic north and geo-graphical north is known as variance. In someareas, this difference can sometimes be greatenough to cause false compass readings. Followthese instructions to set the variance for yourparticular location if this happens:

1. Establish your location on the zone mRefer to the illustration. Record your zonumber.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON positi

3. Pushthe MODEbuttonin for 5 seconds uthe current zone entry number and “VAR” icon is displayed.

4. Press the MODE button repeatedly untildesired zone entry number is displayed.

Once the desired zone number is displayed, spressing the MODE button and the display show compass direction within a few second

NOTE:

Use zone number 5 for Hawaii.

WIC0324




● If a magnet is located near the copass or the vehicle is driven where terrestrial magnetism is disturbed, compass display may not indicate tcorrect direction.

●In places where the terrestrial magtism is disturbed, the correction of direction starts automatically.

Correction functions of the compassdisplay

The compass display is equipped with automcorrection function. If the direction is not shocorrectly, carry out the manual correction produre set out below.

Manual correction procedure1. Push the MODE button for about 10 sonds. The “CAL” icon will illuminate.

2. Drive the vehicle slowly in an open and sarea. The initial correction is complete wturning in 1 or 2 turns.

In places where the earth’s magnetism is dturbed, the initial correction procedure may sautomatically.

WIC0355


WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS



or Anti-lock brake warning light Low fuel warning light 4-wheel drive indicator light (if so equipped)

Automatic transmission oil temperature warn-ing light ( model)

Low tire pressure warning light (if so equipped) High beam indicator light (Blue)

Automatic transmission park warning light( model)

Low washer fluid warning light Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)

or Brake warning light Seat belt warning light and chime Overdrive off indicator light (automatic trans-mission only)

Charge warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Slip indicator light (if so equipped)

Door open warning light CRUISE main switch indicator light (if soequipped)

Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

Engine oil pressure warning light Cruise SET switch indicator l ight ( if soequipped)

Vehicle dynamic control off indicator light (if sequipped)

CHECKING BULBS

With all doors closed, apply the parking brakeand turn the ignition key to the ON positionwithout starting the engine. The following lightswill come on:

, or , , ,

If the driver’s seat belt is fastened before theignition key is turned to the ON position,the l ight will not come on.

If equipped, the following lights come on brieflyand then go off:

or , , , , ,

If any light fails to come on, it may indica burned-out bulb or an open circuit in electrical system. Have the system repaipromptly.


A i i i k



WARNING LIGHTSor Anti-lock brake

warning light

If the light comes on while the engine is running,it may indicate the anti-lock brake system is notfunctioning properly. Have the system checkedby a NISSAN dealer.

If an abnormality occurs in the system, the anti-lock function ceases, but the regular brakingsystem continues to operate.

If the light comes on while you are driving,contact a NISSAN dealer for repair.

Automatic transmission oil

temperature warning light( model)

This light comes on when theautomatic transmis-sion oil temperature is too high. If the light comeson while driving, reduce the vehicle speed assoon as safely possible until the light turns off.

CAUTION

Continuedvehicle operation when the A/Toil temperature warning light is on may

damage the automatic transmission.

Automatic transmission park warning light ( model)

This light indicates that the automatic transmis-sion parking function is not engaged. If the trans-fer control shift lever is not secured in any drive

position while the automatic transmission selec-tor lever is in the P (Park) position, the vehiclemay move unexpectedly.

Shift the transfer control shift lever into the 2H,4H, or 4L position when the warning light comeson.

● When parking, always make sure that thetransfer control shift lever is in 2H, 4H, or 4Land the parking brake is set.

●

If the ATP light is ON, this indicates that theautomatic transmission P (Park) position willnot function and the transfer control shiftlever is in the N (Neutral) position.

● Failure to engage the transfer shift controllever in 2H, 4H or 4L could result in thevehicle moving unexpectedly, resulting in se-rious personal injury or property damage.

CAUTION

If the ATP light is ON, this indicates ththe automatic transmission P (Park) potion will not function and the transfer cotrol shift lever is in the N (Neutr

position.

or Brake warning lig

This light functionsfor both theparking brakethe foot brake systems.

When the ignition key is in the ON position, light comes on when the parking brake is appland also warns of a low brake fluid level. If light comes on while the engine is running wthe parking brake not applied, stop the veh

and perform the following:

1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake fas necessary. See“Brake and clutch fluidthe “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” stion of this manual.


L f l i li ht



2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have thebrake system checked by a NISSAN dealer.

WARNING

● Your brake system may not be working

properly if the warning light is on. Driv-ing could be dangerous. If you judge itto be safe, drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs. Otherwise,have your vehicle towed because driv-ing it could be dangerous.

● Pressing the brake pedal with the en-gine stopped and/or a low brake fluidlevel may increase your stopping dis-tance and braking will require greaterpedal effort as well as pedal travel.

● If the brake fluid level is below theMINIMUM or MIN mark on the brakefluid reservoir, do not drive until thebrake system has been checked at aNISSAN dealer.

Charge warning light

If this light comes on while the engine is running,it may indicate the charging system is not func-tioning properly. Turn the engine off and check

the generator belt. If the belt is loose, broken,missing, or if the light remains on, see a NISSANdealer immediately.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving if the generatorbelt is loose, broken or missing.

Door open warning light

This light comes onwhenany ofthe doors are notclosed securely while theignition keyis in the ONposition.

Engine oil pressure warninglight

This light warns of low engine oil pressure. If thelight flickers or comes on during normal driving,pull off the road in a safe area, stop the engineimmediately and call a NISSAN dealer.

The engine oil pressure warning light is notdesigned to indicate a low oil level. Use thedipstick to check the oil level. See “Engineoil” in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-tion of this manual.

CAUTION

Running the engine with the engine oilpressure warning light on could cause se-rious damage to the engine almost imme-diately. Such damage is not covered bywarranty. Turn off the engine as soon as itis safe to do so.

Low fuel warning light

This light comes on when the fuel level in the ftank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is connient, preferably before the fuel gauge reache(Empty). There will be a small reserveof f

in the tank when the fuel gauge neereaches E (Empty).

Low tire pressure warning lig(if so equipped)

This light warns of low tire pressure.

Flat tire warning

If the vehicle is being driven with very low pressure (lower than 27 psi, 190 kPa), the liwill illuminate and the chime will sound for ab

10 seconds.

For additional information, see “Low tire presswarning system” in the “Starting and drivsection and “Flat tire” in the “In case of emgency” section.

WARNING

● If the light does not come on with tkey switch turned ON, have the vehicchecked by a NISSAN dealer as soon

possible.

Instruments and controls 2-



● If the light comes on while driving,avoid sudden steering maneuvers orabrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed,pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible.Serious vehicle damage could occurand may lead to an accident and resultin serious personal injury. Check thetire pressure for all 4 wheels and adjustthe pressure to the COLD tire pressure shown on the tire placard. If the light still comes on while driving after adjust-ing the tire pressure, a tire may be flat. Ifyou have a flat tire, replace it with a spare tir e as soon as possible.

● When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel

is replaced, tire pressure will not beindicated and the low tire pressurewarning system will not function. Con-tact your NISSAN dealer as soon aspossible for tire replacement and/or system r esetting.

CAUTION

● The low tire pressure warning system isnot a substitute for the regular tirepressure check. Be sure to check the tire

pressure regularly.

● If the vehicle is being driven at speedsof less than 20 MPH (32 km/h), the lowtire pressure warning system may notoperate correctly.

● Be sure to install the specified size of

tires to the 4 wheels correctly.

Low washer fluid warning light

This light comes on when the washer fluid is at alow level. Add washer fluid as necessary. See the“Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of thismanual.

Seat belt warning light andchime

The light and chime remind you to fasten yourseat belts. The light illuminates whenever theignition keyis turnedto theON or STARTpositionand remains illuminated until the driver’s seat beltis fastened. At the same time, the chime soundsfor about 7 seconds unless the driver’s seat beltis securely fastened.

Refer to “Seat belts” in the “Seats, restraints andsupplemental air bag systems” section for pre-cautions on seat belt usage.

Supplemental air bag warninlight

When the ignition key is in the ON or STAposition, the supplemental air bag warning lilluminates for about 7 seconds and then tu

off. This means the system is operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, supplemental front air bag, supplemental curside-impact and pre-tensioner seat belt systeneed servicing and your vehicle must be takea NISSAN dealer:

● The supplemental air bag warning lightmains on after approximately 7 seconds.

● The supplemental air bag warning l

flashes intermittently.● The supplemental air bag warning light d

not come on at all.

Unless checked and repaired, the supplemerestraint system (air bag system) and/or the ptensioner seat belts may not function propeFor additional details see “Supplemental restrsystem” in the “Seats, restraints and supplemtal air bag systems” section of this manual.




WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning lightis on, it could mean that the supplementalfront air bag, supplemental curtain side-impact air bag systems (if so equipped)

and/or pre-tensioner seat belt systemswill not operate in an accident.

INDICATOR LIGHTS

Cruise main switch indicatorlight (if so equipped)

The light comes on when the cruise control mainswitch is pushed. The light goes out when themain switch is pushed again. When the cruisemain switch indicator light comes on, the cruisecontrol system is operational.

Cruise set switch indicatorlight (if so equipped)

The light comes on while the vehicle speed iscontrolled by the cruisecontrol system. If thelightblinks while the engine is running, it may indicatethe cruise control system is not functioning prop-erly. Have the system checked by a NISSANdealer.

4–wheel drive indicator light(if so equipped)

This light comes on when the transfer shift con-trol lever is in the 4H or 4L position.

WARNING

● When parking always make sure thetransfer control lever is in the 2H, 4H or4L position and the parking brake isapplied.

● Failure to engage the transfer controllever in 2H, 4H or 4L could result in the vehicle moving unexpectedly, whichcould cause serious personal injury orproperty damage.

High beam indicator light(Blue)

This blue light comes on when the headlight highbeams are on and goes out when the low beamsare selected.

The high beam indicator light also comes onwhen the passing signal is activated.

Malfunction indicator lamp(MIL)

If this indicator lamp comes on steady or bliwhile the engine is running, it may indicatpotential emission control malfunction.

Themalfunction indicator lamp mayalso comesteady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing,the vehicle runs out of fuel. Check to make sthe fuel filler cap is installed and closed tighand that the vehicle has at least 3 gallons of fin the fuel tank.

After a few driving trips, the lamp shoturn off if no other potential emission consystem malfunction exists.

Operation

The malfunction indicator lamp will come onone of two ways:

● Malfunction indicator lamp on steady —emission control system malfunction been detected. Check the fuel filler cathe fuel filler cap is loose or missing, tighor install the cap and continue to drive vehicle. The lamp should turn off aa few driving trips. If the lamp dnot turn off after a few driving trips, have

vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer. Ydo not need to have your vehicle towedthe dealer.


Overdrive off indicator light



● Malfunction indicator lamp blinking — Anengine misfire has been detected which maydamage the emission control system. To re-duce or avoid emission control system dam-age:

– do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH(72 km/h).

– avoid hard acceleration or deceleration.

– avoid steep uphill grades.

– if possible, reduce the amount of cargobeing hauled or towed.

The malfunction indicator lamp may stop blinkingand come on steady. Have the vehicle inspected bya NISSAN dealer. You do not need to have your

vehicle towed to the dealer.CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation without hav-ing the emission control system checkedand repaired as necessary could lead topoor driveability, reduced fuel economy,andpossible damageto the emission con-trol system.

Overdrive off indicator light(automatic transmission mod-els only)

This light comes on when the overdrive functionis OFF.

The automatic transmission overdrive function iscontrolled by the overdrive switch.

Slip indicator light (if soequipped)

This indicator light will blink when the traction con-trol system is limiting wheel spin. Slippery roadconditions may exist if the slip indicator blinks on. Ifthis happens, adjust your driving accordingly.

The slip indicator light also comes on when you

turn the ignition key to the ON position. The lightwill turn off after about 2 seconds if the system isoperational. If the light does not come on or gooff, have thetraction control systemchecked by aNISSAN dealer.

The system operates in all transmission shift leverpositions, but the system can upshift the transmis-sion only as high as theindicated shiftleverposition.

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlights

The appropriate light flasheswhen the turn signalswitch is activated.

Both lights flash when thehazardswitch is turon.

Vehicle dynamic control offindicator light (if so equipped

This indicator light comes on when the vehdynamic control off switch is pushed to OFF. Tindicates the vehicle dynamic control systemnot operating.

Push the vehicle dynamic control off switch agor restart the engine and the system will opernormally. See “Vehicle dynamic control (VDsystem” in the “Starting and driving” sectionthis manual.

The vehicle dynamic control light also comeswhen you turn the ignition key to the ON posit

The light will turn off after about 2 seconds if system is operational. If the light stays oncomes on along with the SLIP indicator liwhile you are driving, have the vehicle dynacontrol system checked by a NISSAN dealer

While the vehicle dynamic control system is erating, you might feel slight vibration or hear system working when starting the vehicle or celerating, but this is normal.


AUDIBLE REMINDERS

SECURITY SYSTEMS



AUDIBLE REMINDERSBrake pad wear warning

The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings.When a brake pad requires replacement, itmakes a high pitched scraping sound when the

vehicle is in motion, whether or not the brakepedal is depressed. Have the brakes checked assoon as possible if the warning sound is heard.

Key reminder chime

A chime sounds if the driver’s door is openedwhile the key is left in the ignition switch. Removethe key and take it with you when leaving thevehicle.

Light reminder chime

With the ignition switch in the OFF position, achime sounds when the driver’s door is opened ifthe headlights or parking lights are on.

Turn the headlight control switch off before leav-ing the vehicle.

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM (if so

equipped)The vehicle security system provides visual andaudio alarm signals if parts of the vehicle aredisturbed.

Security indicator light

The security indicator light shows the statusthe vehicle security system.

Thelight operates whenever the ignition switcin the LOCK, OFF, or ACC position.

The vehicle security system has four phases. each phase theoperationof thesecurityindicalight is different.

LIC0372 LIC0


H t th hi l it 3 d Th t i



How to arm the vehicle security sys-tem

1. Close all windows. (The system can bearmed even if the windows are open.)

2. Remove the key from the ignition switch.3. Close the hood and all doors. Lock all doors.

The doors can be locked with the key, powerdoor lock switch or with the keyfob.

Keyfob operation:

● Push the button on the keyfob.All doors lock. The hazard lights flashtwice andthe horn beeps once to indicateall doors are locked.

● When the button is pushed withall doors locked, the hazard lights flashtwice and the horn beeps once as a re-minder that the doors are already locked.

The horn may or may not beep once.Refer to “Silencing thehorn beep feature”later in this section.

● Ifa dooris open and you pushthebutton the doors lock butthe horn does notchirp and the hazard lights do not flash.

●Confirm that the SECURITY indicator lightcomes on. The SECURITY light stays on forabout 30 seconds and then begins to flash

once every 3 seconds. The system is narmed. If, during this 30-second time pera door is unlocked by the key or the keyfor the ignition key is turned to ACC or Othe system will not arm.

●If the key is turned slowly when lockthe door, the system may not arm. Fthermore, if the key is turned exc sively to the unlock position, the stem may be disarmed when the keyremoved. If the indicator light failsglow for 30 seconds, unlock the doonce and lock it again.

● Even when the driver and/or passgers are in the vehicle, the system warm with all doors and the hood closand locked and the ignition key in tOFF position. Turn the ignition keythe ACC or ON to turn the secu system off.

The vehicle security system is NOT armed if 1the following occurs:

● A door is unlocked or the ignition keyturned to the ACC or ONposition during30 seconds in which the SECURITY listays on.

● The SECURITY light blinks at a steady second on - 1/2 second off rate (a dooLIC0053


the hood is open and the key is not in the Ho to stop an acti ated ala m



the hood is open and the key is not in theACC or ON position). When the ignition keyis turned to the ACC or ON position, theSECURITY light turns off.

Vehicle security system activation

The vehicle security system will give the followingalarm:

● The headlights blink and the horn soundsintermittently. In addition, the starter motordoes not operate.

● The alarm automatically turns off after about50 seconds. However, the alarm reactivatesif the vehicle is tampered with again. Thealarm can be shut off by unlocking a doorwith the key, orbypressing the button

on the keyfob.The alarm is activated by:

● opening a door without using the key orkeyfob (even if the door is unlocked by re-leasing the inside lock knob).

● opening the hood.

How to stop an activated alarm

The alarm stops only by unlocking a door with thekey or by pressing the button on the key-fob.

The alarm does not stop if the ignition

switch is turned to ACC or ON.

Silencing the horn beep feature

If desired, the horn beep feature can be deavated using the keyfob.

To deactivate: Press and hold both theand buttons at the same time for at le2 seconds.

The hazard lights will quickly flash 3 timesconfirm that the horn beep feature has bedeactivated.

To activate: Press and hold both the

and buttons at the same time for at le2 seconds once more.

WIC0


The hazard lights will quickly flash once and the ● Intermittent (if so equipped) — intermit

WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHERSWITCH



The hazard lights will quickly flash once and thehorn will sound once to confirm that the hornbeep feature has been reactivated.

Deactivating the horn feature does not silencethe horn if the alarm is triggered.

If the system does not operate as describedabove, have it checked by a NISSAN dealer.

1. Intermittent (if so equipped)2. Low speed3. High speed4. Wash5. Intermittent control (if so equipped)6. Mist

SWITCH OPERATION

The ignition switch must be in the ONposition forthe wipers or washer to be activated.

Push the lever down to operate the windshield

wipers. Pull the lever toward you to operate thewasher.

● Intermittent (if so equipped) — intermitwiper operation.

● Low speed — continuous low speed opetion.

● High speed — continuous high speed

eration.

● Wash — pull the lever toward you to operthe washer function. Operating the wasautomatically cycles the wipers several tim

● Intermittent control (if so equipped) — inmittent wiper operation can be adjusfrom 1-19 seconds by turning the time ctrol knob.

● Mist — push the lever up to activate the m

feature.

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washer sotion may freeze on the windshield aobscure your vision which may lead to accident. Warm the windshield with tdefroster before you wash the windshie

CAUTION

● Do not operate the washer continously for more than 30 seconds.

WIC0240


D t t th h if th WARNING

REAR WINDOW WIPER ANDWASHER SWITCH



● Do not operate the washer if the reservoir tank is empty.

● Do not fill the window washer reservoirtank with washer fluid concentrates atfull strength. Some methyl alcohol

based washer fluid concentrates maypermanently stain the grille if spilledwhile filling the window washer reservoir tank.

● Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates withwater to the manufacturer’s recom-mended levels before pouring the fluidinto the window washer reservoir tank.Do not usethe windowwasher reservoirtank to mix the washer fluid concen-trate and water.

To operate the wiper, push the switch tothe side.

To operate the washer, push and hold the switchdown to the side. The wiper will cycletwice.

CAUTION

● Do not operate the washer continu-ously for more than 30 seconds.

● Do not operate the washer if the reservoir tank is empty.

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washer sotion may freeze on the window and o scure your vision. Warm the rear windwith the defroster before you wash t

rear window.

WIC0326


REAR WINDOW DEFROSTERSWITCH

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNALSWITCH



To defrost the rear window glass, start the engine

and push the rear window defroster switch on.The rear window defroster indicator light on theswitch comes on. Push the switch again to turnthe defroster off.

The rear window defroster automatically turns offafter approximately 15 minutes.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch or dam-age the rear window defroster.

HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH

Lighting

᭺1 When turning the switch to the posi-tion, the front parking, tail, license plate andinstrument panel lights come on.

᭺2 When turning the switch to the posi-tion, the headlights come on and allthe otherlights remain on.

WIC0327

Type A

WIC0242

Type B

WIC02




Headlight beam select

᭺1

To select the high beam function, push thelever forward. The high beam lights come onand the light illuminates.

᭺2 Pull the lever back to select the low beam.

᭺3 Pulling and releasing the lever flashes theheadlight high beams on and off.

Turn signal switch

Turn signal᭺1 Move the lever up or down to signal the

turning direction. When the turn is com-pleted, the turn signals cancel automatically.

Lane change signal

᭺2 To signal a lane change, move the lever up ordown to the point where the indicator lightbegins to flash, but the lever does not latch.

Instrument brightness control

The instrument brightness control operates wthe headlight switch is in the orposition.

Turnthe control to adjust the brightness of insment panel lights.

Daytime running light system (Canadonly)

The headlights automatically illuminate at aduced intensity when the engine is started w

the parking brake released. The daytime runnlights operate with the headlight switch in OFF position or in the position. Turn

WIC0244 WIC0245 WIC0


headlight switch to the position for full

FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if so equipped) HAZARD WARNING FLASHERSWITCH



g pillumination when driving at night.

If theparking brake is appliedbefore theengine isstarted, the daytime running lights do not illumi-nate. The daytime running lights illuminate whenthe parking brake is released. The daytime run-ning lights will remain on until the ignition switchis turned off.

WARNING

When the daytime running light system isactive, tail lights on your vehicle are noton. It is necessary at dusk to turn on yourheadlights. Failure to do so could causean accident injuring yourself and others.

To turn the front fog lights on, rotate the switch to

the position.To turn them off, rotate the switch to the OFFposition.

The headlight switch must be in the posi-tion (low beam headlights on) for the fog lights tooperate. The fog lights automatically turn offwhenever the highbeam headlight function is se-lected.

Push the switch on to warn other drivers w

you must stop or park under emergency contions. All turn signal lights flash.

WARNING

● When stalled or stopped on the roaway under emergency conditions, mothe vehicle well off the road.

● Do not use the hazard warning flashewhile moving on the highway unleunusual circumstances force you drive so slowly that your vehicle migbecome a hazard to other traffic.

WIC0247 WIC0


● Turn signals do not work when the haz-

HORN VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDCOFF SWITCH (if so equipped)



● Turn signals do not work when the hazard warning flasher lights are on.

The flashers will operate with the ignition switchin any position.

Some state laws may prohibit the use of

the hazard warning flasher switch whiledriving.

To sound the horn, push the center pad area of

the steering wheel.

WARNING

Do not disassemble the horn. Doing socould affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system. Tam-pering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personalinjury.

The vehicle should be driven with the VehDynamic Control System (VDC) on for most d

ing conditions.When the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, VDC system reduces the engine output toduce wheel spin. The engine speed will beduced even if the acceleratoris depressed tofloor. If maximum engine power is needed to fa stuck vehicle, turn the VDC system off.

To turn off the VDC system, push the VDC Oswitch. The indicator will come on.

Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart engine and the system will operate normally. S“Vehicle dynamic control system (VDC)” in “Starting and driving” section.

WIC0249 LIC0


POWER OUTLET (if so equipped)



The power outlets are for powering electrical

accessories such as cellular telephones. Theyare rated at 12 Volts 120 Watts maximum.

CAUTION

● Take care as the outlet and plug may behot during or immediately after use.

● This power outlet is not designed foruse with a cigarette lighter unit.

● Do not use with accessories that ex-ceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw.

Do not use double adapters or morethan one electrical accessory.

● Use this power outlet with the engine

running. (If the engine is stopped, thiscould result in a discharged battery.)

● Avoid using when the air conditioner,headlights or rear window defroster ison.

● Before inserting or disconnecting aplug, be sure the electrical accessorybeing used is turned OFF.

● Push the plug in as far as it will go

good contact is not made, the plug moverheat or the internal temperatufuse may blow.

● When not in use, be sure to close tcap. Do not allow water to contact toutlet.

Front

WIC0330

Console

WIC0331

Rear

WIC03


STORAGE



STORAGE COMPARTMENT

A storage compartment is located in the cebottom of the instrument panel.

Rear cargo without subwoofer

WIC0429

Rear cargo with subwoofer

LIC0430 WIC0


● Do not place sharp objects in the roof



ROOF HEADLINER NET (if soequipped)

The roof headliner net can be used to store paperor small, lightweight objects that do not havesharp edges.

WARNING

● The cargo restrained by the roof head-liner net must not exceed8 oz (230 g) orthe net may not stay secured.

headliner net. Such objects may be-come dangerous projectiles and causeinjury when the vehicle is moving or ifthe vehicle is involved in a collision.

MAP POCKET

Map pockets are located on the side and bacthepassengerseat. Themap pocket canbe uto store maps.

LIC0371 WIC0




CUP HOLDERS

WARNING

The cup holder should not be used whiledriving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation.

CAUTION

● Avoid abrupt starting and braking whenthe cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink. If the liquid is hot, it

can scald you or your passenger.

● Use only soft cups in the cup holder.

Hard objects can injure you in anaccident.

The front cup holders have a rubber insert thatcan be removed for cleaning and for using largercups.

To open the rear cup holder, pull out fully. Toclose, push the cup holder in fully.

GLOVE BOX

Open the glove box by pulling the handle. Whlocking᭺1 or unlocking᭺2 the glove box, usemaster key.

WARNING

Keep glove box lid closed while drivinghelp prevent injury in an accident or sudden stop.

Front

WIC0336

Rear

WIC0337 WIC0


CONSOLE BOX (if so equipped) 3. Remove the access hole cover.



WARNING

The center console box should not beused whiledriving so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

CAUTION

● This power outlet is not designed foruse with a cigarette lighter unit.

● Do not use accessories that exceed 12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw. Do not usedouble adapters or more than one elec-trical accessory.

Upper half

Pull up on the lever to open the upper half of theconsole box. The rubber mat may be removed forcleaning.

The upper halfof the console box may beusedforstorage of cellular phones. An access hole isprovided at the bottom of the upper half of theconsole box for phone cord routing to the powersocket.

To route a phone cord to the power socket:

1. Open the upper half of the console box.

2. Remove the rubber mat, and then removethe cutout area from the mat.

4. Install the rubber mat.

5. Route the phone cord through the acchole and plug into the power socket.

WIC0339


WARNING



Lower half

Pull up on the lever to open the lower half of theconsole box. A power socket is located inside theconsole box and there is storage for compactdiscs.

LUGGAGE HOOKS (if so equipped)

The tie down hooks can be used to secure cargowith ropes or other types of straps.

● Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help pr event it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher thanthe seatbacks. In a sudden stop or col-lision, unsecured cargo could causepersonal injury.

● Use suitable ropes and hooks to securecargo.

● Never allow anyone to ride in the lug-gage area. It is extremely dangerous toride in a cargo area inside of a vehicle.In a collision, people riding in theseareas are more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed.

●

Do not allow people to ride in any areaof your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts.

● Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly.

1. Plastic hook 2. Metal hook

Do not apply a total load of more thanlbs (15 kg) to a single plastic hook wh securing cargo.

Do not apply a total load of more than 1lbs (50 kg) to a single metal hook wh securing cargo.

WIC0340 WIC0


● Properly secure all cargo with ropesstraps to help prevent it from sliding



TONNEAU COVER (if so equipped)

The tonneau cover keeps the luggage compart-ment contents hidden from the outside.

WARNING

● Never put anything on the tonneaucover, no matter how small. Any objecton it could cause an injury in an acci-dent or sudden stop.

● Do not leave the tonneau cover in the vehicle with it disengaged from theholder.

straps to help prevent it from sliding shifting. Do not place cargo higher ththe seatbacks. In a sudden stop or colision, unsecured cargo could caupersonal injury.

● The child restraint top tether strap mbe damaged by contact with the toneau cover or items in the cargo areRemove the tonneau cover from the vhicle or secure it and any cargo. Yochild could be seriously injured or killin a collision if the top tether strapdamaged.

WIC0342 WIC0375


POWER WINDOWS (if so equipped) is opened during this period of about 45 sonds, power to the windows is canceled. To o

WINDOWS



WARNING

● Make sure that all passengers havetheir hands, etc. inside the vehiclewhileit is in motion and before closing the

windows. Use the window lock switchto prevent unexpected use of the powerwindows.

● Do not leave children unattended insidethe vehicle. They could unknowingly ac-tivate switches or controls and becometrapped in a window. Unattended chil-dren could become involved in seriousaccidents. 1. Door lock/unlock button

2. Window lock button

3. Front passenger side4. Right rear passenger side5. Left rear passenger side6. Driver side automatic switch

Driver’s side power window switch

The driver’s side control panel is equipped withswitches to open or close all of the windows.

The power windows operate when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position, or for about 45

seconds after the ignition switch is turned to theOFF position. If the driver’s or passenger’s door

, pa window, push the switch and hold it down.close a window, pull the switch up. To stop opening or closing function at any time, simrelease the switch.

WIC0376




Front passenger power window switch

The passenger window switch operates only thecorresponding passenger window. To open thewindow push the switch and hold it down᭺1 . Toclose the window, pull the switch up᭺2 .

Rear power window switch

The rear power window switches open or closeonly the corresponding window. To open thewindow, push the switch and hold it down᭺1 . Toclose the window, push the switch up᭺2 .

Locking passengers’ windows

When the window lock button is depressed, onlythe driver side window can be opened or closed.Push it again to cancel the window lock function.

Automatic operation

To fully open the driver window, press the drwindow switch down to the second detent arelease it; it need not be held. The window aumatically opens all the way. To stop the windlift the switch up while the window is opening

WIC0343 WIC0344 WIC0


● Do not allow anyone to stand up extend any portion of their body out

SUNROOF (if so equipped)



MANUAL WINDOWS

The side windows can be opened or closed byturning the hand crank on each door.

MANUAL SUNROOF

Tilting the sunroofPull thehandledown᭺1 , thenpushthehandleupto the fully tilted position᭺2 . The sunroof can-not be removed.

WARNING

● Inan accident you could be thrown fromthe vehicle through an open sunroof. Always use seat belts and childrestraints.

extend any portion of their body outthe sunroof opening while the vehiclein motion or while the sunroof closing.

CAUTION● Do not open sunroof when gear bask

is in place.

● Always remove the gear basket befoopening sunroof. The sunroof may scratched if it is opened with the gebasket in place.

For instructions to remove the gebasket, refer to “Roof rack with gebasket” in the “Pre-driving checks a

adjustments” section of this manual.

● Remove water drops, snow, ice or safrom the sunroof before opening.

● Do not place heavy objects on the suroof or surrounding area.

WIC0263 WIC0346


Installing the sun shade

1 Insert the 2 hooks on the front edge of



Pull the handle forward to unlock ᭺1 , then pushthe handle up completely to lock the sunroof

closed᭺2

.

REMOVING/INSTALLING

WARNINGDo not remove or install the sun shadewhile driving so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

Removing the sun shade

1. Turn each lock bolt counterclockwise whilesupporting the sun shade.

2. Slide the shade backward to remove it.

1. Insert the 2 hooks on the front edge of shade into holders on the sunroof.

2. Align the 2 lockboltson the rearedge ofshade with the lock nuts. Turn each lock

clockwise to securely lock the sun shadplace.

WIC0347 WIC0348


For information regarding the interior light bulbreplacement, refer to “Bulb replacement” in the“M i t d d it lf” ti f thi

INTERIOR LIGHT MAP LIGHTS (if so equipped)



The interior light has a three-position switch andoperates regardless of ignition switch position.

● When the switch is in the ON position᭺1 ,the interior light illuminates, regardless ofdoor position.

● Whenthe switch is inthe centerO orDOORposition, the interior light illuminates byopening a door.

● When the switch is in the OFF position᭺2 ,the interior light does not illuminate, regard-less of door position.

“Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of thismanual.

CAUTION

Leaving the dome light switch in the ONposition for extended periods of time willresult in a discharged battery.

To turn the map lights on, press the switchesturn them off, press the switches again.

CAUTION

Do not use for extended periods of timwith the engine stopped. This could resin a discharged battery.

WIC0264

Type AWIC03


The interior lights illuminate when a front, rear orthe back door is opened. Once the doors areclosed these lights turn off in 30 seconds or turn

ILLUMINATED ENTRY SYSTEM



closed, these lights turn off in 30 seconds or turnoff immediately when the key is turned to the ONposition.

BATTERY SAVER (if so equipped)

If the vehicle doors are not fully closed and theinterior lights remain illuminated, they eventuallyturn off automatically to prevent the battery frombecoming discharged. Interior lights that illumi-nate when doors are opened turn off after ap-proximately 30 minutes.

Type B

WIC0350


3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments



Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Locking with key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Locking with inside lock knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3Locking with power door lock switch(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3Child safety rear door lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

Remote keyless entry system (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . 3-4How to use remote keyless entry system . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8

Rear door. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9Tubular roof rack with gear basket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

Tubular step rail (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13Fuel filler lid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13Fuel filler cap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13

Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15Tilt operation (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15

Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15Vanity mirror (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15

Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16Inside mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16

Outside mirror remote control(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17

WARNING

● Always have the doors locked while

KEYS DOORS



1. Key2. Key plate

A key number plate is supplied with your keys.Recordthe key numberand keepit ina safeplace(such as yourwallet), not inthe vehicle.If you loseyour keys, see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates byusing the key number. NISSAN does not recordkey numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate.

A key number is only necessary when you havelost all keys and do not have 1 to duplicate from.If you still have a key, this key can be duplicated

by a NISSAN dealer or locksmith.

● Always have the doors locked whiledriving. Along with the use of seat belts,this provides greater safety in the eventof an accident by helping to preventpersons from being thrown from the

vehicle. This also helps keep childrenand others from unintentionally open-ing the doors, and will help keep outintruders.

● Before opening any door, always look for and avoid oncoming traffic.

● Do not leave children unattended insidethe vehicle. They could unknowingly ac-tivate switches or controls. Unattendedchildren could become involved in seri-

ous accidents.

LOCKING WITH KEY

ManualTo lock either the driver or passenger side doturn the key toward the front of the vehicle᭺1unlock, turn it toward the rear᭺2 .

WPD0152

Driver’s side

WPD01

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments



Power (if so equipped)

Turning the key toward the front᭺1 of the vehiclelocks all doors.

Turning the key 1 time toward the rear᭺2 of thevehicle unlocks that door. From that position,returning thekey to neutral᭺3 (wherethe keycanonly be removed and inserted) and turning ittoward the rear again ᭺4 within 5 seconds un-locks all doors.

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCKKNOB

To lock the door without the key, move the insidelock knob to the lock position᭺1 , then close thedoor.

To unlock the door without the key, move theinside lock knob to the unlock position᭺2 .

LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR

LOCK SWITCH (if so equipped)To lock all the doors without a key, push the dlock switch(driver or front passengerside), tolock position ᭺1 , then close the door. Whlocking the door this way, be certain not to lethe key inside the vehicle.

To unlock all the doors without a key, push door lock switch (driver or front passenger sto the unlock position᭺2 .

Driver’s side

WPD0154

Inside lock

WPD0155

Driver’s side

WPD01

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3

When the power door lock switch (driver or pas-senger side) is moved to the lock position withthe key inthe ignitionand any dooropen, all doors

It is possible to lock/unlock all doors, turn interior light on, and activate the panic alarmusing the keyfob from outside the vehicle.

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM(if so equipped)



y g y p ,will lock and then unlock automatically.

CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK

Child safety locks help prevent the rear doors

from being opened accidentally, especially whensmall children are in the vehicle.

The child safety lock levers are located on theedge of the rear doors.

When the lever is in the lock position, thedoor can be opened only from the outside.

g y

Be sure to remove the key from the vehibefore locking the doors.

The keyfob can operate at a distance of apprmately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle. The effecdistance depends on the conditions around vehicle.

As many as 4 keyfobs can be used with ovehicle. For information concerning the purchand use of additional keyfobs, contact a NISSdealer.

CAUTION

Listed below are conditions or occ

rences which will damage the keyfob:

● Do not allow the keyfob to become w

● Do not drop the keyfob.

● Do not strike the keyfob sharply againanother object.

● Do not place the keyfob foran extendperiod in an area where temperaturexceed 140°F (60°C).

APD1078


● When the button is pushed withall doors locked, the hazard lights flashtwice and the horn beeps once as a re-



HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESSENTRY SYSTEM

Locking doors1. Close all windows.

2. Remove the key from the ignition switch.

3. Close the hood and all doors

4. Push the button on the keyfob. Allthe doors lock. The hazard lights flash twiceand the horn beeps once to indicate alldoors are locked.

pminder that the doors are already locked.

The horn may or may not beep once.Refer to “Silencing thehorn beep feature”

later in this section for details.● Ifa dooris open and you pushthe

button, the doors will lock but the horn willnotbeep and thehazardlights will notflash.

Unlocking doors

Push the button on the keyfob once.

● Only the driver’s door unlocks.

● The interior lights illuminate for 30 secowhen the interior light switch is in ODOOR position.

Pushthe buttononthe keyfob again wiseconds.

● All doors unlock.

WPD0157 WPD0


The interior lights can be turned off without wait-ing 30 seconds by inserting the key into theignition and turning to the ON or START position,



locking the doors with the keyfob or pushing theinterior light switch to the OFF position.

Auto relock

When the button on the keyfob is pushed,all doors will lock automatically within 5 minutesunless one of the following operations is per-formed:

● Any door is opened.

● A key is inserted into the ignition switch andthe key is turned from OFF to ON.

Using the panic alarm

If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened,

you may activate the panic alarm to call attentionby pushing and holding the button on thekeyfob for longer than 0.5 second.

The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for 30seconds.

The panic alarm stops when:

● it has run for 30 seconds, or

● the or button is pushed onthe keyfob.

Silencing the horn beep feature

If desired, the horn beep feature can be dea

vated using the keyfob.

To deactivate: Press and hold theand buttons for at least 2 seconds.

The hazard lights will flash three times to confthat the horn beep feature has been deactivat

To activate: Press and hold theand buttons for at least 2 secononce more.

The hazard lights will flash once and the horn

sound once to confirm that the horn beep feathas been reactivated.

WPD0159 WIC0


Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si-lence the horn if the alarm is triggered.



BATTERY REPLACEMENT

Replace the battery in the keyfob as follows:

᭺1 Open the lid using a coin.

᭺2 Remove the battery.

᭺3 Install a new battery with the “+” facdown.

Recommended battery: Toshiba CR2025equivalent.

᭺4 Close the lid securely.

WPD0


5. Press the button, then thebutton two or three times to check the key-fob operation.

HOOD



If the battery is removed for any reasonother than replacement, perform step 5.

● An improperly disposed battery can

hurt the environment. Always confirmlocal regulations for battery disposal.

● The keyfob is water-resistant; how-ever, if it does get wet, immediatelywipe completely dry.

● The operational range of the keyfobextends to approximately 33 ft (10 m)from the vehicle. This range may varywith conditions.

FCC Notice:

Changes or modifications not expressly ap-proved by the manufacturer for compliancecould void the user’s authority to operatethe equipment.

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCCRules and RSS-210 of Industry Canada.

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not causeharmful interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference received, in-

cluding interferencethat may cause undes-ired operation of the device.

WARNING

● Make sure the hood is completely

closed and latched before driving. Fail-ure to do so could cause the hood to flyopen and result in an accident.

● If you see steam or smoke coming fromthe engine compartment, to avoid injurydo not open the hood.

1. Pull the hood lock release handle᭺ A locatedbelow the driver side instrument panel; thehood springs up slightly.

2. Lift the lever᭺

B

at the front of the hood withyour fingertips and raise the hood.

3. Remove the support rod from the clamp

4. Insert the support rod᭺C into the slot in

front edge of the hood.5. When closing the hood, return the supp

rod to its original position, lower the hoodapproximately12 inchesabove the latchrelease it. This allows proper engagementhe hood latch.

WPD0


REAR DOOR



To unlock the back door, turn the key clockwise

᭺1 . To open the back door, lift up on the door

handle ᭺2 and lift the door up. To close, lowerand push the door down securely. To lock theback door, turn the key counterclockwise᭺3 .

WARNING

● Always be sure the back door has beenclosed securely to prevent it from open-ing while driving.

● Do not drive with the back door open.This could allow dangerous exhaust

gases to be drawn into the vehicle. See“Exhaust gas” in the “Starting and driv-ing” section of this manual.

WPD0161


and GAWR, refer to the “Technical and csumer information” section of this manual.

WARNING

TUBULAR ROOF RACK WITH GEARBASKET



1. Adjustable cross-bar2. Tubular roof rack 3. Removable gear basket

Always evenly distribute the cargo on the tubular

roof rack. The maximum total load is 125 lb(57 kg) evenly distributed, including gear

basket. Be careful that your vehicle does notexceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight Ratings(GAWR front and rear). The GVWR and GAWRare located on the Safety Compliance Certifica-

tion Label (located on the driver’s side door jambpillar). For more information regarding GVWR

WARNING

Properly secure all cargo with ropes straps to help prevent it from sliding

shifting. In a sudden stop or collision, u secured cargo could cause personinjury.

CAUTION

Use care when placing or removing itemfrom the tubular roof rack or gear baskIf you cannot comfortably lift the iteonto the tubular roof rack or gear baskfrom the ground, use a ladder or stool.

WPD0162




1. Tubular roof rack torxdriver2. Wheel nut wrench

3. Jack rodGetting the tubular roof rack torxdriver

1. Open the back door.

2. Roll back the cargo area carpet.

3. Remove the roof rack torxdriver. Tubular roof rack crossbar adjustment

The front and rear crossbars can be adjustedforward, backward, or be removed. Use thetorxdriver located in the tool kit to loosen both

crossbar adjusting screws.

To adjust:

a. Loosen the adjusting screws with torxdriver by turning counterclockwise.

WPD0163

AIC1

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-

b. Whenthe clamp is loosened, move the cross-bars so the cargo can be positioned betweenthe crossbars.

Ti h h b dj i i h

To remove the gear basket:

a. Unscrew the 4 hold down bolts by turnthem counterclockwise.



c. Tighten the crossbar adjusting screws withthe torxdriver by turning clockwise.

d. Secure the cargo with rope.

e. Always check the tightness of the crossbaradjusting screws.

To remove:

a. Loosen the adjusting screws with thetorxdriver by turning counterclockwise.

b. Rotate the clamps.

c. Remove the crossbars.

d. Reverse to install.

e. Always check the tightness of the crossbaradjusting screws.

If you hear wind noise coming from the roof rack while driving, adjustthe roof rack crossbarsto themost rearward position.

The roof rack is equipped with a removable gearbasket. The maximum gear basket load is 30lb (13.6 kg) evenly distributed.

b. Lift up the rear of the basket.

c. Lift out the gear basket by moving it tow

the rear of the vehicle.

APD1092


TUBULAR STEP RAIL (if so equipped) FUEL FILLER LID



1. Tubular step rail2. Front passenger step3. Rear passenger step

The tubular step rail has a front and rear step for

assisting passengers getting into and out of thevehicle.

FUEL FILLER CAP

The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type. Turn

cap counterclockwise to remove. To tighten, tthe cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks heard.

WARNING

● Gasoline is extremely flammable ahighly explosive under certain contions. You could be burned or seriouinjured if it is misused or mishandle Always stop the engine and do n smoke or allow open flames or spar

near the vehicle when refueling.

WPD0164

WPD0


● Fuel may be under pressure. Turn thecap a third turn, and wait for any “hiss-ing” sound to stop to prevent fuel fromspraying out and possibly causing per-

– Always place the container on theground when filling.

– Do not use electronic devices when

● Tighten until the fuel filler cap clickFailure to tighten the fuel filler c

properly may cause the m



spraying out and possibly causing personal injur y. Then r emove the cap.

● Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank

after the fuel pump nozzle shuts offautomatically. Continued refueling maycause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.

● Use only an original equipment typefuel filler cap as a replacement. It has abuilt-in safety valve needed for properoperation of the fuel system and emission control system. An incorrect capcan result in a serious malfunction andpossible injury. It could also cause the

malfunction indicator lamp to come on.● Never pour fuel into the throttle body to

attempt to start your vehicle.

● Do not fill a portable fuel container inthe vehicle or trailer. Static electricitycan cause an explosion of flammableliquid, vapor or gas in any vehicle ortrailer. To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death when filling portable fuelcontainers:

filling.

– Keep the pump nozzle in contactwith the container while you are fill-

ing it.

– Use only approved portable fuel con-tainers for flammable liquid.

CAUTION

● If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body,flush it away with water to avoid paintdamage.

function indicator lamp (MIL) to illum

nate. If the lamp illuminates b

cause the fuel filler cap is loose missing, tighten or install the cap acontinue to drive the vehic

The lamp should turn off afte

few driving trips. If the lam

does not turn off after a few drivtrips, have the vehicle inspected byNISSAN dealer.

● For additional information, see t“Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)”

the “Instruments and Controls” sectiearlier in this manual.


STEERING WHEEL SUN VISORS



Put the fuel filler cap in the cap holder whilerefueling.

TILT OPERATION (if so equipped)

Pull the lock lever down and adjust the steering

wheel up or down to the desired position.Push the lock lever up firmly to lock the steeringwheel in place.

WARNING

Do not adjust the steering wheel whiledriving. You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident.

VANITY MIRROR (if so equipped)

A vanity mirror is located on the rear side of

passenger sun visor.

WPD0166 WPD0167 WPD0


MIRRORS



INSIDE MIRROR

The night position ᭺1 reduces glare from the

headlights of vehicles behind you at night.Use the day position᭺2 when driving in daylighthours.

WARNING

Use the night position only when necessary, because it reduces rear view clarity.

OUTSIDE MIRRORS

The outside mirrors can be moved in any direc-tion for a better rear view.

Type A: Adjust to the desired position by movingthe entire mirror assembly.

Type B: Adjust to the desired position by press-ing directly on the mirror surface.

WPD0126

Type A

WPD0169

Type B

WPD01


WARNING

Objects viewed in the outside mirror the passenger side are closer than th

B f l h i t t



Foldable outside mirrors

Push the mirrors backward to fold them.

OUTSIDE MIRROR REMOTECONTROL (if so equipped)

The outside mirror remote control only operateswhen the ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.

Rotate the control lever to select the right or leftmirror. Adjust themirror to thedesired position bymoving the control lever.

appear. Be careful when moving to tright. Using only this mirror could cauan accident. Use the inside mirror

glance over your shoulder to propejudge distances to other objects.

WPD0056 WPD0143


MEMO




4 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems



Ventilators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

Heater and air conditioner (manual). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Heater operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Air conditioner operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5Air flow charts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

Servicing air conditioner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10FM radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10AM radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

Audio operation precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

FM-AM radio with compact disc (CD) player(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12FM-AM radio with compact disc (CD)changer (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16CD care and cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-27Steering wheel switch for audio control(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-28

Car phone or CB radio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-29

WARNING

● The air conditioner cooling function oerates only when the engine is runnin

VENTILATORS HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER(manual)



Adjust air flow direction for the driver’s side,center, and passenger side ventilators by movingthe ventilator slide and/or ventilator assemblies.

● Do not leave children, impaired adulor pets alone in your vehicle. They couaccidentally injure themselves or o

ers through inadvertent operation the vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny daytemperatures in a closed vehicle couquickly become high enough to cau severe or possibly fatal injuries people or animals.

● Do not use the recirculation mode flong periods as it may cause the interair to become stale and the windowsfog up.

● Positioning of the heater and/or conditioner controls should not done while driving so full attention mbe given to vehicle operation.

WHA0223

4-2 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Air flow control dial

The air flow control dial allows you to select theair flow outlets.

Air flows from center and side

Air recirculation button

NOTE:

The air recirculation feature is availa



1. Fan control dial2. Temperature control dial3. Rear window defroster switch4. Air flow control dial5. Air conditioner button6. Air recirculation button

CONTROLS

Fan control dial

The fan control dial turns the fan on and off, andcontrols fan speed.

— Air flows from center and sideventilators.

— Air flows from center and sideventilators and the front and rearfloor outlets.

— Air flows mainly from the front andrear floor outlets.

— Air flows from defroster outletsand the front and rear flooroutlets.

— Air flows mainly from defrosteroutlets.

The air flow control dial also has intermediatepositions which allow the air flow to be distrib-uted between 2 of the icon positions on the airflow control dial.

Temperature control dial

The temperature control dial allows you to adjustthe temperature of the outlet air.

only on those vehicles equipped with conditioning.

ON position (Indicator light on):Interior air is recirculated inside the vehicle.

Push the button to the on position whe

● driving on a dusty road.

● to prevent traffic fumes from entering psenger compartment.

● for maximum cooling when using the air cditioner.

OFF position (Indicator light off):Outside air is drawn into the passenger compment and distributed through the selected ou

Use the off position for normal heater or air cditioner operation.

Air conditioner button

The button is provided only on vehicles equipwith an air conditioner.

Start the engine, turn the fan control dial to

desired (1 to 4) position and push thebuttonto turn on theair conditioner.The indic

WHA0235

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4

light comes on when the air conditioner is oper-ating. To turn off the air conditioner, pushthe button again.

The air conditioner cooling function oper-

4. Turn the temperature control dial to the de-sired position between the middle and thehot position.

Ventilation

● To quickly remove ice or fog from the wdows, turn the fan control dial to 4 and temperature control lever to the full Hposition.

Wh h i i i l d h



ates only when the engine is running.

Rear window defroster switch

For more information about the rear window de-froster switch, see “Rear window defrosterswitch” in the “Instruments and controls” sectionof this manual.

HEATER OPERATION

Heating

This mode is used to direct heated air to the footoutlets. Some air also flows from the defrost

outlets.1. Push the button to the off position for

normal heating.

2. Turn the air flow control dial to theposition.

3. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi-tion.

This mode directs outside air to the side andcenter ventilators.

1. Push the button to the off position.



4. Turn the temperature control dial to the de-sired position.

Defrosting or defogging

This mode directs the air to the defrost outlets todefrost/defog the windows.




● When the position is selected, theconditioner automatically turns on (howethe indicator light will not illuminate) if outside temperature is more than 36 - 3(2 - 3°C). The air conditioning system continue to operate until the fan control is turned to OFF or the vehicle is shut even if the air flow control dial is turned tposition other than the position. Tdehumidifies the air which helps defog windshield. The mode automaticturns off, allowing outside air to be drainto the passenger compartment to furtimprove the defogging performance.

Bi-level heating

The bi-level mode directs warmed air to the sand center vents and to the front and rear floutlets.

1. Push the button (if so equippedthe off position.


3. Turn the fan control dial to the desired ption.



Heating and defogging

This mode heats theinteriorand defogsthe wind

Operating tips

Clear snow and ice from the wiper bladesand air inlet in front of the windshield. Thisimproves heater operation.

● For quick cooling when the outside teperature is high, push the buttonthe on position (indicator light on). Be sto return the to the off positionnormal cooling



This mode heats theinteriorand defogsthe wind-shield.




● Whenthe positionis selected,theairconditioner automatically turns on (however,the indicator light will not illuminate) if theoutside temperature is more than 36 - 37°F(2 - 3°C). The air conditioning system willcontinue to operate until the fan control dialis turned to OFF or the vehicle is shut off,even if the air flow control dial is turned to aposition other than the position. Thisdehumidifies the air which helps defog thewindshield. The mode automaticallyturns off, allowing outside air to be drawninto the passenger compartment to further

improve the defogging performance.

AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION

Start the engine, turn the fan control dial to thedesired (1 to 4) position, and push in thebutton to activate the air conditioner. When theair conditioner is on, cooling and dehumidifyingfunctions are added to the heater operation.

The air conditioner cooling function oper-ates only when the engine is running.

Cooling

This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air.

1. Push the button to the off position.



4. Push the button. The indicator lightcomes on.

5. Turn the temperature control dial to the de-

sired position.

normal cooling.

Dehumidified heating

This mode is used to heat and dehumidify the

1. Push the button to the off position



4. Push the button. The indicator lcomes on.

5. Turn the temperature control dial to the sired position.

Dehumidified defogging

This mode is used to defog the windows adehumidify the air.




3. Push the button. The indicator lightcomes on.

When the , or positions in betweenare selected, the air conditioner automaticallyturns on (however the indicator light will not

at least once a month. This helps prevent damage to the system due to lack of lubrication.

● If the engine coolant temperaturegauge indicates engine coolant tem



turns on (however, the indicator light will notilluminate) if the outside temperature is more than36 - 37°F (2 - 3°C). The air conditioning systemwill continue to operate until the fan control dial isturned to OFF or the vehicle is shut off, even if theair flow control dial is turned to a position otherthan the position. This dehumidifies the airwhich helps defog the windshield. Themode automatically turns off, allowing outside airto be drawn into the passenger compartment tofurther improve the defogging performance.


Operating tips● Keep the windows and sunroof (if so

equipped) closed while the air conditioner isin operation.

● After parking in the sun, drive for 2 or 3minutes with the windows open to vent hotair from the passenger compartment. Then,close the windows. This allows the air con-ditioner to cool the interior more quickly.

● The air conditioning system should beoperated for approximately 10 minutes

gauge indicates engine coolant tem-perature over the normal range, turnthe air conditioner off. See “If your

vehicle overheats” in the “In case ofemergency” section of this manual.

AIR FLOW CHARTS

The following charts show the button and dialpositions for MAXIMUM AND QUICK heating,cooling or defrosting. The air recirculationbutton should always be in the OFF posi-tion for heating and defrosting.




WHA0241 WHA0




WHA0243 WHA0


The air conditioner system in your NISSAN hicle is charged with a refrigerant designed wthe environment in mind.

This refrigerant does not harm the eart

SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER



This refrigerant does not harm the eartozone layer.

Special charging equipment and lubricant isquired when servicing your NISSAN air contioner. Using improper refrigerants or lubricawill cause severe damage to your air conditiosystem. See “Air conditioner system refrigerand lubricant recommendations” in the “Techcal and consumer information” section of manual.

A NISSANdealer is able to service your “envirmentally friendly” air conditioning system.

WARNINGThe air conditioner system contains frigerant under high pressure. To avopersonal injury, any air conditioner s vice should be done only by an expeenced technician with proper equipmen

WHA0245


RADIO

Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON positionand press the power on switch to turn the radioon. If you listen to the radio with the engine notrunning the key should be turned to the ACC

Reception conditions will constantly change be-cause of vehicle movement. Buildings, terrain,signal distance and interference from other ve-hicles can work against ideal reception. De-scribed below are some of the factors that can

Multipath reception: Because of the refleccharacteristics of FM signals, direct and reflecsignals reach the receiver at the same time. Tsignals may cancel each other, resulting in mmentary flutter or loss of sound.

AUDIO SYSTEM



running, the key should be turned to the ACCposition.

Radio reception is affected by station signalstrength, distance from radio transmitter, build-ings, bridges, mountains and other external influ-ences. Intermittent changes in reception qualitynormally are caused by these external influences.

Using a cellular phone in or near the ve-hicle may influence radio reception quality.

Radio reception

Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with

state-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhance ra-dio reception. These circuits are designed toextend reception range, and to enhance the qual-ity of that reception.

However there are some general characteristicsof both FM and AM radio signals that can affectradio reception quality in a moving vehicle, evenwhen the finest equipment is used. These char-acteristics are completely normal in a given re-ception area, and do not indicate any malfunction

in your NISSAN radio system.

affect your radio reception.

FM RADIO RECEPTIONRange: FM range is normally limited to 25 - 30miles (40 - 48 km), with monaural (single chan-nel) FM having slightly more range than stereoFM. External influences may sometimes interferewith FM station receptionevenif the FM station iswithin 25 miles (40 km). The strength of the FMsignal is directly related to the distance betweenthe transmitter and receiver. FM signals follow aline-of-sight path, exhibiting many of the samecharacteristics as light. For example they willreflect off objects.

Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves away froma station transmitter, the signals will tend to fadeand/or drift.

Static and flutter: During signal interference frombuildings, large hills or due to antenna position(usually in conjunction with increased distancefrom the station transmitter) static or flutter canbe heard. This can be reduced by adjusting the

treble control to reduce treble response.

AM RADIO RECEPTION

AM signals, because of their low frequency, bend around objects and skip along the grouIn addition, the signals can be bounced off ionosphere and bent back to earth. Becausthese characteristics, AM signals are also s ject to interference as they travel from transmto receiver.

Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passthrough freeway underpasses or in areas wmany tall buildings. It can also occur for sevseconds during ionospheric turbulence eve

areas where no obstacles exist.Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electrpower lines, electric signs and even traffic lig


disc DIGITAL AUDIO” logo on the discor packaging.

● During cold weather or rainy days, theplayer may malfunction due to the hu-midity. If this occurs, remove the CD

● Do not use the following CDs as thmay cause the CD player to malfution:

● 3.1 in (8 cm) discs with an adapte

● CDs that are not round



AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS

Compact disc (CD) player

● Only use high quality 4.7 inches (12 cm)round discs that have the “COMPACT

midity. If this occurs, remove the CDand dehumidify or ventilate the playercompletely.

● The player may skip while driving onrough roads.

● The CD player sometimes cannot func-tion when the compartment tempera-ture is extremely high. Decrease thetemperature before use.

● Do not expose the CD to direct sun-light.

●CDs that are of poor quality, dirty, scratched, covered with fingerprints, orthat have pin holes may not work prop-erly.

● The following CDs may not work prop-erly:

● Copy control compact discs (CCCD)

● Recordable compact discs (CD-R)

● Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)

● CDs that are not round

● CDs with a paper label

● CDs that are warped, scratchedhave abnormal edges

LHA0099

Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-

1. PRESET ABC button2. Display3. CD button4. CD eject button5. CD insert slot



6. MENU button7. AUDIO button8. Station select buttons9. SEEK/TRACK button10. PWR/VOL control knob11. BAND select button

FM-AM RADIO WITH COMPACTDISC (CD) PLAYER (if so equipped

PWR/VOL control knob

Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON posit

then push the PWR/VOL control knob. If ylisten to the radio with the engine not runnturn thekey to theACC position.The mode (raor CD) that was playing immediately before system was turned off resumes playing.

When no CD is loaded, the radio comes Pushing the PWR/VOL control knob again tuthe system off.

Turn the PWR/VOL control knob to the righincrease volume or to the left to decrease volu

LHA0117


for BAL (balance). Once the audio level is set thedisplay will return back to radio or CD displaymode after 7 seconds or the AUDIO button canbepressed againwithin7 seconds to set the nextaudio level. Pressing the AUDIO button a fifthtime will return the display back to radio or CD

FM-AM radio operation

FM-AM band select

Push the button to change from AM toreception.



Adjusting tone quality and speaker balance

To adjust the audio levels for bass, treble, fader,and balance, push the AUDIO button and adjustthelevelwith theSEEK/TRACK button. Press theAUDIO button once for BAS (bass), twice for

TRE (treble), 3 times for FAD (fader) and 4 times

time will return the display back to radio or CDdisplay mode.

Fader adjusts the sound level between the frontand rear speakers, balance adjusts the soundlevel between the right and left speakers.

Clock set

1. Press and hold the MENU button until itbeeps (longer than 2 seconds).

2. The hours will start flashing. PressSEEK/TRACK ( or ) to adjust thehours.

3. Press theMENU buttonuntilthe radio beepsto switch to the minute adjustment.

4. The minutes will start flashing. PressSEEK/TRACK ( or ) toadjustthe min-utes.

5. Press the MENU button again to exit theclock set mode.

The displaywill return to the regular clock displayafter 7 seconds, or you may press the MENU

button again to returnto theregular clock display.

The FM stereo indicator, ST, illuminates dur

FM stereo reception. When the stereo broadcsignal is weak, the radio automatically changfrom stereo to monaural reception.

SEEK/manual/SCANtuning

When the buttonispushed while the rais playing, tuning mode is cycled between:

SEEK tuning→ manual tuning→ SCAN mod

“TUNE” and “SCAN”are shown in the display

each mode. No icon is displayed for SEEK mo

WARNING

The radio should not be tuned while dring so full attention may be given to vhicle operation.

SEEK tuning

Push the SEEK/TRACK tuning button (or ) for less than 1.5 seconds. SEEK tunbegins from low to high frequencies or high

low frequencies, depending on which butto

LHA0118


pressed, and stops at the next broadcasting sta-tion. If using the button, once the highestbroadcasting station is reached, the radio contin-uesin theSEEK mode at thelowest broadcastingstation. If using the button, once the lowestbroadcasting station is reached, the radio contin-

Press the PRESET ABC button to change tween the presets:

A→B→C

The radio displays icon A, B or C to indicwhich set of presets is active.



c g c , cues in the SEEK mode at the highest broadcast-ing station.

Manual tuning

Use the and buttons for manualtuning. To move quickly through the channels,hold either of the tuning buttons down.

SCAN tuning

Push and hold the SEEK/TRACK tuning button( or ) for more than 1.5 seconds.

SCAN illuminates in the display window, and the

radio station blinks. SCAN tuning begins fromlow to high frequencies or high to low frequen-cies, depending on which button is pressed.SCAN tuning stops at each broadcasting stationfor 5 seconds. When scanning, SCAN is solidand the radio station blinks. When temporarilystopped on a station, SCAN blinks and the sta-tion display is solid. Pushing the button againduring this 5 second period stops SCAN tuningand the radio remains tuned to that station.

Station memory operations

Each preset mode (A, B or C) has 6 presets,capable of storing anycombinationof AM andFMstations.

which set of presets is active.

To store a radio station in a preset:

1. Select the desired preset by pressing PSET ABC.

2. Tune to the desired station.

3. Press the desired station select buttonmore than 3 seconds. For example, in illustrations, ch2 is to be memorized. Tradio mutes when the select buttonpushed.

4. When the indicator illuminates in the disp

and the sound resumes, memorizing is coplete.

5. Other station select buttons can be sethe same manner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the rafuse opens, the radio memory is canceled. In tcase, reset the desired stations.

LHA0119


Compact disc (CD) player operation

Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position,and carefully insert the compact disc into the slotwith the label side up. The compact disc is auto-matically pulled into the slot and starts to play.

(When the last selection on the compact disc isskipped, the first selection is played.)

Whenthe buttonis pushedand released, theselection being played returns to the beginning.Push the button several times to skip back

l l i E h i h b i

Blank (no symbol): All selections are plarepeatedly in sequence.

When a new compact disc is inserted, play pattern automatically changes to A

CD EJECT button



y p p y

If the radio is already operating, it automatically

turns off and the compact disc begins to play.

CAUTION

Do not force a compact disc into the CDinsert slot. This could damage the CDand/or CD changer/player.

CD button

When the CD button is pushed with a compactdisc loaded and the radio playing, the radio turns

off and the compact disc starts to play.Track up/down, FF/REV(rewind) buttons

Track up/down

When the button is pushed and releasedwhile the compact disc is playing, the selectionfollowing the present one starts to play from thebeginning. Push the button several times toskip several selections. Each time the button ispushed, the CD advances 1 additional selection.

The number appears in the display window.

several selections. Each time the button ispushed, the CD moves back 1 selection.

If the play pattern is in MIX mode when theor button is pushed the next selection will bechosen at random.

FF (Fast Forward)/REV (Reverse)

When the or button is pushed and heldwhile the compact disc is playing, the compactdisc plays at an increased speed while fast for-warding or rewinding. When the button is re-leased, the compact disc returns to normal playspeed.

MENU

Whenthe buttonispushedwhile the com-pact disc is playing, the play pattern changes asfollows:

RPT: The current selection is repeated.

MIX: Selections are played at random, not fol-lowing the sequence on the compact disc. Thesame program may be repeated twice. If thebutton is pushed in the MIX mode, selections will

be chosen at random.

When the button is pushed with a co

pact disc loaded, the compact disc ejects.When the buttonispushedwhile the cpact disc is playing, the compact disc ejects athe system turns off.

If the compact disc ejects and is not moved within 10 seconds, it is pulled bainto the slot.

DISC indicator light

This light comes on when a compact d

is loaded into the player.


1. Disc loading button2. SEEK/TRACK button3. CD select button4. Band select buttons5. CD insert slot6 CD j t b tt



6. CD eject button7. Radio manual tuning buttons8. RPT MIX/PTY button9. CLOCK button10. AUDIO button11. TRAVEL PRESET button12. Station select buttons13. RDS button14. SCAN button15. PRESET SCAN button16. ON·OFF/VOL control knob17. PRESET ABC button

FM-AM RADIO WITH COMPACTDISC (CD) CHANGER (if soequipped)

PWR/VOL control knob

Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON positthen push the PWR/VOL control knob. If ylisten to the radio with the engine not runnturn thekey to theACC position.The mode (ra

WHA0134


or CD) that was playing immediately before thesystem was turned off resumes playing.

When no CD is loaded, the radio comes on.Pushing the PWR/VOL control knob again turnsthe system off.



Turn the PWR/VOL control knob to the right toincrease volumeor to theleft to decrease volume.

WHA0


Adjusting tone quality and speaker balance

Press the AUDIO button to enter theaudio adjustmode:

Bass→Mid→Treb→Fade→Bal

Press the TUNE/FF-REV ( or ) or

5. Press the CLOCK button again to exit theclock set mode.

The displaywill return to the regular clock displayafter 7 seconds, or you may press the CLOCKbutton again to returnto theregular clock display.

or high to low frequencies, depending on whbutton is pressed, and stops at the next brocasting station. If using the up button, once highest broadcasting station is reached, thedio continues in the SEEK mode at the lowbroadcasting station. If using the down butt

h l b d i i i h



Press the TUNE/FF-REV ( or ) orSEEK/TRACK ( or ) to adjust to the de-

sired levels. The display will return to the regularradio display after 7 seconds, or you may pressthe AUDIO button again to return to the regularradio display.

Clock operation

Pressing the CLOCK button displays the clock with the radio on or off. Press the CLOCK buttonagain to turn off the clock display.

Clock set

1. Press and hold the CLOCK button until itbeeps (>2 seconds).

2. The hours will start flashing. PressTUNE/FF-REV ( or ) orSEEK/TRACK ( or ) to adjust thehours.

3. Press the CLOCK button to switch to theminute adjustment.

4. Press TUNE/FF-REV ( or ) orSEEK/TRACK( or ) toadjustthe min-

utes.

FM-AM radio operation

FM-AM band select

Pushthe AMor the FMbuttonto changefromAMto FM reception.

The FM stereo indicator, ST, illuminates duringFM stereo reception. When the stereo broadcastsignal is weak, the radio automatically changesfrom stereo to monaural reception.

TUNE/FF—REV

WARNINGThe radio should not be tuned while driv-ing so full attention may be given to ve-hicle operation.

Use the and buttons for manualtuning. To move quickly through the channels,hold the tuning buttons down.

SEEK tuning

Push SEEK/TRACK tuning button ( or ).

SEEK tuning begins from low to high frequencies

once the lowest broadcasting station is reachthe radio continues in the SEEK mode at highest broadcasting station.

SCAN tuning

Push the SCAN button. SCAN illuminates in display window. SCAN tuning begins from lowhigh frequencies or high to low frequencSCANtuning stops for 5 seconds at eachbrocasting station that has sufficient signal strengWhen scanning, SCAN blinks in the dispPushing the SCAN button again during thisecond period stops SCAN tuning and the ra

remains tuned to that station.


3. When the indicator illuminates in the staselection button, a beep will sound indicing memorization is complete. For FM stions, the indicator will turn green. For stations, the indicator will turn amber.

4. Other station select buttons can be se



Station memory operation — Travel Presetis OFF

Each preset mode (A, B or C) has 6 presets,

capable of storing any combination of AM, FMand FM RDS stations.

Press the PRESET ABC button to change be-tween the presets:

A→B→C

The radio displays icon A, B or C to indicatewhich set of presets is active.

To store a radio station in a preset:

1. Tune to the desired station.

2. Press the desired station select button (>2seconds). For example, in the illustrationsch3 is to be memorized.

c cthe same manner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the rafuse opens, the radio memory is canceled. In tcase, reset the desired stations.

LHA0081

WHA0064


4. If the radio cannot find any stations, the radiodisplays “NO STATION” and mutes the au-dio.

5. If the radio cannot fill all the presets, theremaining presets are stored with 87.9 forFM and 600 for AM.



Turning ON travel preset

1. Press the TRAVEL PRESET button (<1.5seconds). The green TRAVEL PRESET but-

ton indicator turns on.

2. The radio selects the strongest stations inthe area and stores themin Travel Presets A,B and C. 12 FM stations and 6 AM stationsare the default settings. To change the de-fault settings, see “Editing Travel Preset”later in this section.

3. When finished storing radio stations, theradio tunes to the first storedpreset of TravelPreset A.

The TUNE, SCAN, SEEK and preset memoryfunctions are available while Travel Preset modeis on.

Canceling travel preset

Press the TRAVEL PRESET button (<1.5 sec-onds) to clear the Travel Preset memory. Thisturns off the green indicator. The radio returns tothe lastused presetof A, B orC inthepermanentpreset memory.

LHA0082

LHA0


Editing travel preset

1. Press and hold the TRAVEL PRESET button(>3 seconds) until the radio beeps to startthe editing mode. The green Travel Presetindicator will flash while in TRAVEL PRESETEDIT mode.

2. The presets are transferred from Travel Pre-set memory to the permanent presetmemory for A, B, and C. “PRESETSLOADED” is displayed.

3. The TRAVEL PRESET indicator turns off.



2. The radio displays “TRAVEL EDIT” for 2seconds and then changes to “SET A-*” .

3. Press TUNE/FF-REV ( or ) toselect a mode.

4. Press the TRAVEL PRESET button to savethe mode.

5. Display is changed to “SET B-*” , repeatsteps 3 and 4.

6. Display is changed to “SET C-*” , repeatstep 3.

7. Press the TRAVEL PRESET button to exitthe edit mode and return to normal mode.

*: AM, FM, FM RDS, Rock, Classic Rock, SoftRock, Top 40, Country, Jazz, Classical, Oldies,News, Sports, Talk.

Storing Travel Preset stations in permanentmemory

1. While in Travel Preset mode, press and holdthe TRAVEL PRESET button until it beeps

(>3 seconds).

Preset scan

Pressing the PRESET SCAN button (<1.5 sonds) scans thepermanent presetmemory th

selected (A, B or C) from 1–6 for 5 secondthe Travel Preset is ON, the travel preset thaselected (A, B or C) from 1–6 is scanned foseconds.

LHA0


stations on the FM band (not AM band) encodedwithin a regular radio broadcast. Currently, mostRDSstations arein large cities, butmany stationsare now considering broadcasting RDS data.

RDS can display:

● Station call sign such as “WHFR 98 3”

The display changes to “SHOW” for the secopart of theRDS mode selection. Press TUNE/REV ( or ) to switch between following RDS display modes:

● “FM & RDS”: the radio display will show station’s broadcast frequency and the s



All preset scan

Pressing the PRESET SCAN button (>1.5 sec-onds) scans all the permanent preset memory

banks (A, B or C) from 1–6 for 5 seconds. If theTravel Preset is ON, all the travel preset memorybanks (A, B or C) from 1–6 are scanned for 5seconds.

Canceling preset scan mode

Pressing any button except CLOCK, EJECT andPTY cancels the Preset Scan mode.

RDS (radio data system)

RDS stands for Radio Data System, and is a data

information service transmitted by some radio

● Station call sign, such as WHFR 98.3 .

● Station name, such as “The Groove”.● Music or programming type, such as “Clas-

sical”, “Country”, or “Rock”.

● Traffic reports about delays or construction.

If the station broadcasts RDS information theRDS icon is displayed. The RDS information willbe displayed according to the option chosen inthe RDS setup mode. (FM & RDS is the default.)Press the RDS button again to display the fre-quency for 3 seconds. The radio will then returnto the normal display. If the station does notbroadcast RDSinformation, theRDS icon will notbe displayed.

Setting RDS mode

Press and RDS button (>3 seconds) until thedisplay shows “RDS SET MODE” . This displaywill last 2 seconds and then change to“TRAFFIC-OFF” . Press TUNE/FF-REV (or ) to toggle the RDS traffic mode from“OFF” to “ON”. Press the RDS button again to

set your RDS traffic mode selection.

tion’s name.

● “RDS ONLY”: the radio displaywill showstation’s name only.

● “RDS TEMP”: the radio display will show station’s name for 5 seconds and then disponly the radio station’s broadcast frequen

PTY (program type)

PTY can be used to search for a certain progtype. Certain areas have a limited numbestations that transmit RDS. Many stations tramit call letters and frequencies only. Searchinscanning by program type may yield a limnumber of selections.

1. Press the PTY button. The display chanfrom “RDS PTY SEARCH” to “SELEBY TUNE” .

2. Press TUNE/FF-REV ( or up/down button to choose a specific pgram type:

ROCK, CLASSIC ROCK, SOFT ROTOP 40, COUNTRY, JAZZ, CLASSIC

OLDIES, NEWS, SPORTS, TALK, ANY

LHA0086


3. Press the SEEK or SCAN button to searchfor the next station with the selected PTY.The SCAN icon flashes when the SCANbutton is pressed. The radio continues toseek or scan until a radio station is foundmatching the selected PTY

4 P th PTY b tt i t l th

4. TheCD willplay after the discis set toa pposition.

5. The indicator changes from blinking greto solid green and the display changeshow the Disc number icon, Disc numbTrack number and Elapsed time.



4. Press the PTY button again to cancel the

PTY SEEK mode.Compact disc (CD) player operation

Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position.

CAUTION

● Do not force a compact disc into the CDinsert slot. This could damage the CDand/or CD changer/player.

● Trying to load a CD with the CD door

closed could damage the CD and/or CDchanger.

CD button

When the CD button is pressed with a compactdisc loaded and the radio playing, the radio turnsoff and the last used compact disc starts to play.

CD loading

Press the LOAD button to start CD loadingmode.

The following sequence will occur:

1. The green indicator on the lowest availabledisc select button will start blinking. (Sameas preset memory button.) The displayshows “Please Wait” .

2. The display changes to “Insert Disc” for amaximum of 15 seconds.

3. During the 15 second interval, insert thedisc. The display changes to “Loading

Disc” .

p

All disc loading1. Press and hold the LOAD button until

radio beeps (>1.5 seconds).

2. The green indicator on the lowest availadisc select button will start blinking. (Saas preset memory button.) The dispshows “Please Wait”.

3. The display changes to “Insert Disc” fomaximum of 15 seconds.

4. During the 15 second interval, insert disc. The display changes to “LoadDisc”.

5. The indicator changes from blinking greto solid green.

6. The disc number icon is turned on.

LHA0075


7. Repeat steps 2–5 until all discs are loaded,then the last loaded disc will begin to play.The display shows the Disc number, Track number and Elapsed Time.

Selected disc loading

1. Pressa disc selectbuttonwhoseindicatoris

4. The indicator changes from blinking greto solid green andthe display shows theDnumber, Track number and Elapsed Time.

FF (fast forward) R(rewind) buttons

When the TUNE/FF-REV ( or ) b



off. The display shows “Please Wait”.

2. The green indicator starts blinking and thedisplay shows “Insert Disc” for 15 sec-onds.

3. Insert the CD. The display shows “LoadingDisc”.

4. The CDwill playafterthedisc isset toa playposition.

5. The indicator color changes from blinkinggreen to solid green and the display

shows the Disc icon, Disc number, Track number and Elapsed Time.

If a disc is not inserted within 15 seconds or if theload button is pressed during load sequence, theentire disc load sequence will be canceled.

Disc play

Press the CD button. If a CD is loaded and theradio is playing, the radio turns off and the lastloaded disc starts to play.

Selected disc play

1. Pressthe disc selectbuttonwhosedisc iconis displayed.

2. The indicator blinks green during thechange and the display shows “ChangingDisc” .

3. The CD plays after the disc is set to a playposition.

( )ton is pressed while the compact disc is play

the compact disc plays at an increased spewhile fast forwarding or rewinding. When button is released, the CD returns to normal pspeed.

SEEK/TRACK buttons

When is pressed while the compact displaying, the selection following the present ostarts to play from the beginning.Press sevtimes to skip several selections. Each time button is pressed, the CD advances 1 additio

selection. The track number appears in the dispwindow. (When the last selection on the compdisc is skipped, the first selection is played.)

When is pressed, the selection being plareturns to the beginning. Press several timto skip back several selections. Each time button is pressed, the CD moves back 1 seltion. If the play pattern is in MIX mode when button is pressed the next random selection be played.

LHA0076


Mix

Press the RPT MIX button (<1.5 seconds) againto start shuffle play of the current disc. The “MIX”icon is turned on and the display shows “MixTracks” for 2 seconds. The display then showsthe Track number and Elapsed time as normal.



Repeat/Mix

Press the RPT MIX button to change CD playpatterns:

Repeat→Mix→All Mix→Normal Play

Repeat

Press the RPT MIX button (<1.5 seconds) onceto repeat the current track. The “1” icon is turnedon, and the display shows “Repeat Track” for 2seconds. The display then shows the Track num-ber and Elapsed time as normal.

All mix

Press the RPT MIX button (<1.5 seconds) againto start shuffle play of all discs. The “MIX” icon isturned on, and the display shows “Mix AllTracks” for 2 seconds. The display then showsthe Track number and Elapsed time as normal.Also, theindicators of theloadeddiscsare turnedon with amber color. (Green for current disc.)

Normal play

Press the RPT MIX button (<1.5 seconds) againto returnto normal play mode. The “MIX”icon andthe amber LEDs are turned off. The displayshows “Normal Play” for 2 seconds. The dis-play then shows the Track number and Elapsedtime as normal.

CD scan

1 Disc All Tracks

Press the SCAN button (<1.5 seconds) to scall tracks of the current disc for 7 seconds track. The display shows “Disc Scan” foseconds, and then shows the track number elapsed time as normal. The SCAN iconflashed during Scan mode.

The Scan mode is canceled once it scthrough all tracks on the disc, or if the SCbutton is pressed during Scan mode.

LHA0077 LHA0


All Discs, 1 Track

Press and hold theSCAN button(>1.5 seconds)to scan the first track of all the loaded discs for 7seconds per track. The display shows “All DiscScan” for 2 seconds, and then shows the track number and elapsed time as normal. The SCANicon is flashed during Scan mode

Select a disc

1. Press the desired disc, then prthe button.

2. The green indicator starts blinking and display shows “Disc Eject” for 2 seconThe display then changes to “Eject



icon is flashed during Scan mode.

The Scan mode is canceled once it scansthrough all the loaded discs, or if the SCANbutton is pressed during Scan mode.

Eject CD

Current disc

1. Press the button.2. The green indicator starts to blink and the

display shows “Disc Eject” for 2 seconds.The display then changes to “EjectingDisc” .

3. The disc ejects. Removethe disc. (If the discis not removed within 15 seconds, the discwill reload.)

4. The indicator and symbol for the disc areturned off.

Disc” .

3. The disc ejects.Remove the disc. (If the dis not removed within 15 seconds, the dwill reload.)

4. The indicator and symbol for the disc turned off.

LHA0079


2. Lowest used disc number indicator blinksgreen and display shows “All Disc Eject”for 2 seconds. The display then changes to“Ejecting Disc” .

3. When a disc is removed, the indicator anddisc icon will be turned off, and then the nextdisc will emerge and so on



All discs

1. Press and hold the button unt il itbeeps (>1.5 seconds).

disc will emerge, and so on.

4. The display will be turned off after all discsare ejected and removed.

If a disc is not removed within 15 seconds, or ifthe button is pressed again during theEject sequence, the entire disc Eject sequencewill be canceled.

CD CARE AND CLEANING● Handle a CD by its edges. Do not bend

disc. Never touch the surface of the disc

● Always place the discs in the storage cwhen they are not being used.

● To cleana disc,wipe thesurface from theceto the outer edge using a clean, soft cloth.not wipe the disc using a circular motion.

● Do not use a conventional record cleanealcohol intended for industrial use.

● A new disc may be rough on the inner aouter edges. Remove the rough edgesrubbing the inner and outer edges with

side of a pen or pencil as illustrated.

LHA0080

LHA0


The last CD that was loaded starts to play whenin CD Mode. If there is no CD loaded, the CDchanger enters Disc Loading Mode.

If in Radio presets A, B or C:

● Press or (<1.5 seconds) toadvance to the next preset station or to

t t th i t t ti

ANTENNA

The antenna cannot be shortened, but canremoved. When youneed to removethe antenturn the antenna rod counterclockwise.

To install the antenna rod, turn the antenna clowise. Tighten the antenna rod to specificat



1. SEEK up button2. Mode button3. SEEK down button

4. Volume control buttonSTEERING WHEEL SWITCH FORAUDIO CONTROL (if so equipped)

The steering wheel switch for audio controls ismounted on the left side of the steering wheel.

Press the MODE button to turn the radio on or, ifthe radio is already on, to switch between theRadio presets (A, B or C) and CD Mode.

A→B→C→CD Mode

return to the previous preset station.

● Hold down or (>1.5 sec-onds). The radio will seek up or down to thenext radio station.

If in CD Mode:

● Press or (<1.5 seconds) toadvance to the next selection on the CD orreturn to the previous selection on the CD.

● Hold down or (>1.5 seconds)to advance to the next CD or return to the

previous CD.Volume control is located on the side of the audiocontrol switch. Press the top of the volume con-trol to increase volume. Press the bottom of thevolume control to decrease volume.

using a suitable tool such as an open-wrench. The antenna rod tightening specificais 2.0 - 2.6 N·m (18 - 23 in-lb). Do not use plito tighten the antenna as they can leave marksthe antenna surface. The antenna rod cannothand tightened to the proper specification.

CAUTION

Always properly tighten the antenna rduring installation or the antenna rod mbreak during vehicle operation.

WHA0234


When installing a CB, ham radio or car phone inyour NISSAN, be sure to observe the followingcautions, otherwise the new equipment may ad-versely affect the MFI (Multiport Fuel Injection)system and other electronic parts.

WARNING

● Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in(20 cm) away from the Multiport FuelInjection harness. Do not route the an-tenna wire next to any harness.

● Adjust the antenna standing-wave ratioas recommended by the manufacturer.

CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO



● A cellular telephone should not be usedwhile driving so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation. Some juris-dictions prohibit the useof cellular tele-phones while driving.

● If you must make a call while your ve-hicle is in motion, the hands free cellu-lar phone operational mode (if soequipped) is highly recommended. Ex-ercise extreme caution at all times sofull attention may be given to vehicle

operation.● If a conversation in a moving vehicle

requires you to take notes, pull off theroad to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so.

CAUTION

● Keep the antenna as far away as possible from the Engine Control Module(ECM).

● Connect the ground wire from the CBradio chassis to the body.

● For details, consult a NISSAN dealer.


MEMO




5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2E h ( b id )

Cruise control operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17B k i h d l 5 18



Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Three-way catalyst. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Low tire pressure warning system(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3On-pavement and off-road drivingprecautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4Avoiding collision and rollover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Driving safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

Ignition switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Automatic transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

Manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Key positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10

Automatic transmission (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . 5-10Manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13

Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15Cruise control (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16

Precautions on cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16

Break-in schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18Increasing fuel economy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18Using four wheel drive (4WD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19

Transfer case shifting procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19Auto-lock free-running hubs. . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20

Parking/parking on hills. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23

Brake precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24

Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system

(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25Cold weather driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27

Freeing a frozen door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27Anti-freeze. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27Draining of coolant water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27Tire equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27Special winter equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28Driving on snow or ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28Engine block heater (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28

WARNING

● Do not leave children, impaired adults,or pets alone in your vehicle. They couldaccidentally injure themselves or oth-ers through inadvertent operation ofthe vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny days,temperatures in a closed vehicle could

● If you suspect that exhaust fumes areentering the vehicle, drive with all win-dows fully open, and have the vehicleinspected immediately.

● Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage.

● Do not park the vehicle with the engine

● The exhaust system and body shouldinspected by a qualified mechawhenever:

a. The vehicle is raised for service.

b. You suspect that exhaust fumes aenter ing into the passengcompartment

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING



temperatures in a closed vehicle could

quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries topeople or animals.

● Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher thanthe seatbacks. In a sudden stop or col-lision, unsecured cargo could causepersonal injury.

EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)

WARNING

● Do not breathe exhaust gases; theycontain colorless and odorless carbonmonoxide. Carbon monoxide is danger-ous. It can cause unconsciousness ordeath.

● Do not park the vehicle with the engine

running for any extended length of time.

● Keep the back door and rear windowsclosed while driving, otherwise exhaustgases could be drawn into the passen-ger compartment. If you must drive withthe back door or rear windows open,follow these precautions:

1. Open all the windows.

2. Set the air recirculation but-ton (if soequipped) to off and the fancontrol dial to 4 (high) to circulatethe air.

● If electrical wiring or other cable con-nections must pass to a trailer throughthe seal on the back door or the body,follow the manufacturer’s recommen-dation to prevent carbon monoxide en-try into the vehicle.

compartment.

c. You notice a change in the soundthe exhaust system.

d. You have had an accident involvidamage to the exhaust system, uderbody, or rear of the vehicle.

THREE-WAY CATALYST

The three-way catalyst is an emission condevice installed in the exhaust system. Exhagases in the three-way catalyst are burnedhigh temperatures to help reduce pollutants.

WARNING

● The exhaust gas and the exhaust sytem are very hot. Keep people, animaor flammable materials away from texhaust system components.

5-2 Starting and driving

● Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as dry grass,waste paper or rags. They may igniteand cause a fire.

CAUTION

● Do not use leaded gasoline. Deposits

LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNINGSYSTEM (if so equipped)

The low tire pressure warning system monitorstire pressure of all tires (except the spare tire).

Thelow tire pressure warning systemwill activateonly when the vehicle is driven at speeds above

WARNING

● If the low tire pressure warning ligcomes on while driving, avoid sudd steering maneuvers or abrupt brakireduce vehicle speed, pull off the roto a safe location and stop the vehicas soon as possible. Serious vehic



Do not use leaded gasoline. Deposits

from leaded gasoline will seriously re-duce the three-way catalyst’s ability tohelp reduce exhaust pollutants.

● Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunc-tions in the ignition, fuel injection, orelectrical systems can cause overrichfuel flow into the three-way catalyst,causing it to overheat. Do not keep driv-ing if the engine misfires, or if notice-able loss of performance or other un-usual operating conditions are

detected. Have the vehicle inspectedpromptly by a NISSAN dealer.

● Avoid driving with an extremely low fuellevel. Running out of fuel could causethe engine to misfire, damaging thethree-way catalyst.

● Do not race the engine while warming itup.

● Do not push or tow your vehicle to startthe engine.

20 MPH (32 km/h). Also, this system may notdetect a sudden drop in tire pressure (for ex-ample a flat tire while driving).

Frequently check the tire pressure and adjustpressure of each tire properly.

Flat tire warning

If the vehicle is being driven with very low tirepressure (lower than 27 psi, 190 kPa), the lowtire pressure warning light comes on and the

chime sounds for about 10 seconds.For additional information regarding the abovewarning, see “Warning/indicator lights and au-dible reminders” in the “Instruments and con-trols” section.

p

damage could occur and may lead toaccident and could result in seriopersonal injury. Check the tire pressufor all four tires and adjust the pressuto the COLD tire pressure shown on ttire placard. If you have a flat tire, place it with a spare tire as soon possible. (See “Flat tire” in the “In caof emergency” section for changingflat tire.)

● When a spare tire is mounted or a whe

is replaced, tire pressure will not indicated and the low tire pressuwarning system will not function. Cotact your NISSAN dealer as soon possible for tire replacement and/ system resetting.

● Do not inject any tire liquid or aerostire sealant into the tires, as this mcause a malfunction of the tire pressu sensors.

Starting and driving 5

CAUTION

Do not place metalized film or any metalparts (antenna, etc.) on the windows. Thismay cause poor reception of the signalsfrom the tire pressure sensors, and thelow tire pressure warning system will notfunction properly.

ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROADDRIVING PRECAUTIONS

Utility vehicles have a significantly higherrollover rate than other types of vehicles.

They have higher ground clearance than passen-ger cars to make them capableof performing in a

AVOIDING COLLISION ANDROLLOVER

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in a saand prudent manner may result in losscontrol or an accident.



FCC Notice:

Changes or modifications not expressly ap-proved by the manufacturer compliancecould void the user’s authority to operatethe environment.

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of IndustryCanada.

Operation is subject to the following two

conditions: (1) This device may not causeharmful interface, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesired op-eration of the device.

variety of on-pavement and off-road applications.This gives them a higher center of gravity thanordinary cars. An advantage of higher groundclearance is a better view of the road, allowingyouto anticipate problems.However,they arenotdesigned for cornering at the same speeds asconventional two-wheel drive vehicles any morethan low-slung sports cars are designed to per-form satisfactorily under off-road conditions. If atall possible, avoid sharp turns at high speeds. Aswith other vehicles of this type, failure to operate

this vehicle correctly may result in loss of controlor vehicle rollover.

Be sure to read the driving safety precautionslater in this section.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times. Oall traffic regulations. Avoid excessive spehigh speed cornering, or sudden steering mneuvers, because these driving practices cocause youto lose control of your vehicle. As wany vehicle, loss of control could result icollision with other vehicles or objectscause the vehicle to roll over, particularlthe loss of control causes the vehicle slide sideways. Be attentive at all times, aavoid driving when tired. Never drive when un

the influence of alcohol or drugs (including pscription or over-the-counter drugs which mcause drowsiness). Always wear your seat bas outlined in the “Safety – Seats, seat belts asupplemental air bags” section of this manand also instruct your passengers to do so.

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in cosions and rollovers. In a rollover crash,unbelted person is significantly more likto die than a person wearing a seat belt


DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS ANDDRIVING

WARNING

Never drive under the influence of alcoholor drugs. Alcohol in the bloodstream re-duces coordination, delays reaction time

DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Your NISSAN is designed for both normal andoff-road use. However, avoid driving in deep wa-ter or mud as yourNISSANis mainlydesigned forleisure use, unlike a conventional off-road ve-hicle.

Remember that two wheel drive models are less

● Many hills are too steep for any vehicIf you drive up them, you may stallyou drive down them, you may not able to control your speed. If you driacross them, you may roll over.

● Do not shift gears while driving downhill grades as this could cau



and impairs judgement. Driving afterdrinking alcohol increases the likelihoodof being involved in an accident injuringyourself and others. Additionally, if youare injured in an accident, alcohol canincrease the severity of the injury.

NISSAN is committed to safe driving. However,you must choose not to drive under the influenceof alcohol. Every year thousands of people areinjured or killed in alcohol-related accidents. Al-though the local laws vary on what is considered

to be legally intoxicated, the fact is that alcoholaffects all people differently and most peopleunderestimate the effects of alcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix! Andthat is true for drugs, too (over-the-counter, pre-scription, and illegal drugs). Don’t drive if yourability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alco-hol, drugs, or some other physical condition.

Remember that two-wheel drive models are lesscapable than four-wheel drive models for roughroad driving and extrication when stuck in deepsnow or mud, or the like.

Please observe the following precautions:

WARNING

● Drive carefully when off the road andavoid dangerous areas. Every personwho drives or rides in this vehicle should be seated with their seat beltfastened. This will keep you and yourpassengers in position when drivingover rough terrain.

● Do not drive across steep slopes. In- stead drive either straight up or straightdown the slopes. Off-road vehicles cantip over sideways much more easilythan they can forward or backward.

loss of control of the vehicle.● Stay alert when driving to the top o

hill. At the top there could be a drop-or other hazard that could cause accident.

● If your engine stalls or you cannot mait to the top of a steep hill, never atempt to turn around. Your vehiccould tip or roll over. Always ba straight down in R (Reverse) gear. Nevback down in N (Neutral) or with tclutch depressed (manual transmissi vehicles), using only the brake, as thcould cause loss of control.

● Heavy braking going down a hill coucause your brakesto overheat and faresulting in loss of control and an acdent. Apply brakes lightly and use a logear to control your speed.


● Unsecured cargo can be thrown aroundwhen driving over rough terrain. Prop-erly secure all cargo so it will not bethrown forward and cause injury to youor your passengers.

● To avoid raising the center of gravityexcessively, do not exceed the rated

● Lower your speed when encountering strong crosswinds. With a higher centerof gravity, your NISSAN is more af-fected by strong side winds. Slower speeds ensure better vehicle control.

● Do not drivebeyond the performance ofthe tires, even with 4WD engaged.

● Be sure to check the brakes immeately after driving in mud or water. S“Brake system” later in this section “Wet brakes”.

● Avoid parking your vehicle on stehills. If you get out of the vehicle androlls forward, backward or sidewa



capactiy of the roof rack/gear bin (if soequipped) and evenly distribute theload. Secure heavy loads in the cargoarea as far forward and as low as possible. Do not equip the vehicle with tireslarger than specified in this manual.This could cause your vehicle to rollover.

● Do not grip the inside or spokes of the steering wheel when driving off-road.The steering wheel could move sud-

denly and injure your hands. Insteaddrive with your fingers and thumbs onthe outside of the rim.

● Before operating the vehicle, ensurethat the driver and all passengers havetheir seat belts fastened.

● Always drive with the floor mats inplace as the floor may become hot.

● Accelerating quickly, sharp steeringmaneuvers or sudden braking maycause loss of control.

● If at all possible, avoid sharp turningmaneuvers, particularly at high speeds.Your NISSAN four-wheel drive vehiclehas a higher center of gravity than atwo-wheel drive vehicle. The vehicle isnot designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional two-wheeldrive vehicles. Failure to operate this

vehicle correctly could result in loss ofcontrol and/or a rollover accident.

● Always use tires of the same type, size,brand, construction (bias, bias-belted,or radial), and tread pattern on all fourwheels. Install tire chains on the rearwheels when driving on slippery roadsand drive carefully.

you could be injured.● Whenever you drive off-road throu

sand, mud or water as deep as twheel hub, more frequent maintenanmay be required. See “Periodic mainnance” in the “NISSAN Service aMaintenance Guide.”


2. Turn the ignition key slightly toward the ONposition.

3. Turn the key to the LOCK position.

4. Remove the key.

The shift selector lever is designed so it cannotmoved out of P (Park) and into any of the other

and turn it gently while rotating the steing wheel slightly right and left.

WARNING

Never remove or turn the key to the LOCposition while driving. The steering whewill lock. This may cause the driver to locontrol of the vehicle and could result

IGNITION SWITCH



AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

On automatic transmission models, the ignitionlock is designed so the key cannot be turned to

LOCK position and removed until the shift selec-tor lever is moved to the P (Park) position.

When removing the key from the ignition, makesure the shift selector lever is in the P (Park)position.

If the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position,proceed as follows to remove the key.

1. Movethe shift selectorlever into the P (Park)position.

gear positions if the ignition key is turned to OFFposition or if the key is removed from the switch.

The shift selector lever can be moved if theignition switch is in the ACC position. Thisallows the vehicle to be moved if the bat-tery is discharged. The shift selector levercan also be moved if the ignition switch isin the ON position and the foot brake pedalis depressed.

There is an OFF position between the

LOCK and ACC positions. The OFF positionis indicated by a “1” on the key cylinder.When the ignition is in the OFF position,the steering wheel is not locked.

In order for the steering wheel to be locked, itmust be turned about 1/8 of a turn clockwisefrom the straight up position.

To lock the steering wheel, turn the key tothe LOCK position. Remove the key. Tounlock the steering wheel, insert the key

control of the vehicle and could result serious vehicle damage or personal inju

WSD0041


To lock the steering wheel, turn the key tothe LOCK position. Remove the key. Tounlock the steering wheel, insert the keyand turn it gently while rotating the steer-ing wheel slightly right and left.

WARNING

Never remove or turn the key to the LOCK

START: (4)

This position starts the engine. As soon as engine has started, release the key. It automcally returns to the ON position.



MANUAL TRANSMISSION

The ignition switch includes a device that helpsprevent accidental removal of the key while driv-

ing.The key can only be removed when the ignitionswitch is in the LOCK position.

On manual transmission models, to turn the igni-tion key to LOCK position from ACC or ONposition, turnthe key to OFF, pushthe key in, thenturn the key to LOCK.

In order for the steering wheel to be locked, itmust be turned about 1/8 of a turn clockwise

from the straight up position.

Never remove or turn the key to the LOCK position while driving. The steering wheelwill lock. This may cause the driver to losecontrol of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury.

KEY POSITIONS

LOCK: Normal parking position (0)

OFF: (Manual transmission model) (1)

The engine can be turned off without locking thesteering wheel.

ACC: (Accessories) (2)

This position activates electrical accessoriessuch as the radio when the engine is not running.

ON: Normal operating position (3)

This position turns on the ignition system and theelectrical accessories.

WSD0052


● Make sure the area around the vehicle isclear.

● Check fluid levels such as engine oil, cool-ant, brake and clutch fluid, and windowwasher fluid as frequently as possible, or atleast whenever you refuel.

● Check that all windows and lights are clean.

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Automatic transmission:

Move the shift selector lever to P (Park) or N(Neutral). P (Park) is recommended.

The shift selector lever cannot bemoved out of P (Park) and into any of

● When the engine is very hard to starextremely cold weather or when resting, depress the accelerator pedal a l(approximately 1/5to thefloor) and hoand then crank the engine. Release key and the accelerator pedal when engine starts.

● When the engine is very hard to s

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE STARTING THE ENGINE



● Visually inspect tires for their appearanceand condition. Also check tires for properinflation.

● Lock all doors.

● Position seat and adjust head restraints.

● Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

● Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers todo likewise.

●

Check the operation of warning lights whenthe key is turned to the ON (3) position. See“Warning/indicator lights and audible re-minders” in the “Instruments and controls”section of this manual.

the other gear positions if the ignitionkey is turned to the OFF position or ifthe key is removed from the ignition switch.

The starter is designed not to operate ifthe shift selector lever is in any of thedriving positions.

Manual transmission:

Move the shift lever to N (Neutral). Depressthe clutch pedal to the floor while crankingthe engine.

The starter is designed not to operateunless the clutch pedal is fully de-pressed.

3. Crank the engine with your foot off theaccelerator pedal by turning the ignitionkey to START. Release the key when theengine starts. If the engine starts, but fails torun, repeat the above procedure.

g ybecause it is flooded, depress the accerator pedal all the way to the floor ahold it. Crank the enginefor 5-6seconAfter cranking the engine, release the celerator pedal. Crank the engine wyour foot off the accelerator pedaturning theignitionkey to START. Relethe key when the engine starts. If engine starts, but fails to run, repeat above procedure.

CAUTIONDo not operate the starter for more th15 seconds at a time. If the engine donot start, turn the key off and wait seconds before cranking again, otherwithe starter could be damaged.

4. Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sonds after starting. Drive at moderate spefor a short distance first, especially in cweather.


AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (if soequipped)

WARNING

● Do not depress the accelerator pedalwhile shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu-tral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive), 2 or 1.

The automatic transmission in your vehicle iselectronically controlled to produce maximumpower and smooth operation.

The recommended operating procedures for thistransmission are shown on the following pages.Follow these procedures for maximum vehicleperformance and driving enjoyment.

The shift selector lever can be moved if ignition switch is in the ACC position. Tallows the vehicle to be moved if the btery is discharged. The shift selector lecan also be moved if the ignition switchin the ON position and the foot brake peis depressed.

DRIVING THE VEHICLE



Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed. Failure to do socould cause you to lose control andhave an accident.

● Cold engine idle speed is high, so usecaution when shifting into a forward orreverse gear before the engine haswarmed up.

● Never shift to P (Park) or R (Reverse)while the vehicle is moving. This couldcause an accident.

CAUTION

● When stopping the vehicle on an uphillgrade, do not hold the vehicle by de-pressing the accelerator pedal. The footbrake should be used for this purpose.

● On slippery roads, do not downshift.This may cause a loss of control.

Starting the vehicle1. After starting the engine, fully depress the

foot brake pedal before attempting to movethe shift selector lever out of the P (Park)position.

2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed andmove the shift selector lever into a drivinggear.

3. Release the foot brake, then gradually start

the vehicle in motion.The automatic transmission is designed sothe foot brake pedal MUST be depressedbefore shifting from P (Park) to any driveposition while the ignition switch is in theON position.

The shift selector lever cannot be movedout of P (Park) and into any of the othergear positions if the ignition key is turnedto the LOCK position or if the key is re-moved.


WARNING

Apply the parking brake if the selectorlever is in any position while the engine isnot running. Failure to do so could causethe vehicle to move unexpectedly or rollaway and result in serious personal injuryor property damage.

3. Reinsert the key and turn it to the Aposition.

4. Depress the foot brake pedal and moveshift selector lever to N (Neutral).

5. Start the engine.

These instructions for starting the vehicle i



To move the selector lever:

: Depress the button to shift

: Shift without pushing button

Shifting

After starting the engine, fully depress the brakepedal and shift the selector lever from P (Park) toR (Reverse), N (Neutral) or D (Drive).

Push the shift selector lever button to shift into P(Park), R (Reverse) or from D (Drive) to 2. Allother positions can be selected without pushingthe button.

P (Park):

Use this selector position when the vehicle isparked or when starting the engine. Make surethe vehicle is completely stopped. The brakepedal must be depressed and the selectorlever button pushed in to move the selectorlever from the N (Neutral) or any drive position to P (Park). Apply the parking brake.When parking on a hill, apply the parking brakefirst, then shift the selector lever into the P (Park)

position.Shifting from P (Park)

If the ignition switch is in the ON position and thefoot brake pedal is depressed, but the shift se-lector lever still cannot be moved out of P (Park),follow these instructions.

1. Turn the ignition key to the LOCK position.


(Neutral) should only be used until service canobtained at a NISSAN dealership.

R (Reverse):

Use this position to back up. Make sure vehicle is completely stopped before selectin(Reverse) position. The brake pedal mustdepressed and the selector lever butpushed in to move the selector lever from(Park), N (Neutral) or any drivepositiont(Reverse).

N (Neutral):

Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged.engine can be started in this position. You mshift to N (Neutral) and restart a stalled engwhile the vehicle is moving.

D (Drive):

Use this position for all normal forward drivin

WSD0061

Starting and driving 5-

2 (Second gear):

Use this position for hill climbing or engine brak-ing on downhill grades.

Do not shift into the 2 position at speeds above60 MPH (96 km/h). Do not exceed 60 MPH (96km/h) in the 2 position.

1 (Low gear):

Shift lock release

If thebattery is discharged, theshift selector lemay not be moved fromthe P (Park)positionewith the brake pedal depressed and the sselector lever button pushed.

To move the shift selector lever, release the slock and push the shift selector lever button. T



Use this position when climbing steep hills slowlyor driving slowing through deep snow, sand ormud, or for maximum engine braking on steepdownhill grades.

Do not shift into the 1 position at speeds above31 MPH (50 km/h). Do not exceed 31 MPH (50km/h) in the 1 position.

shift selector lever can be moved to N (NeutrHowever, the steering wheel will be locked less the ignition switch is turned to the ON potion.

To release the shift lock, complete the followprocedure:

1. Turn the ignition key to the LOCK posiand remove the key.


3. Remove the shift lock cover᭺ A .

4. Insert a small screwdriver in the shift lslot, and push down᭺B .

5. Push the shift selector lever button᭺Cmove the shift selector lever to N (Neutposition ᭺D while holding down the slock.

6. Turn the key to the ON position to unlocksteering wheel. Now the vehicle maymoved to the desired location.WSD0062


If the shift selector lever cannot be moved out ofP (Park), have a NISSAN dealer check the auto-matic transmission system as soon as possible.

Accelerator downshift— in D position —

For passing or hill climbing, depress the accel-erator pedal to the floor. This shifts the transmis-

OFF: For driving up and down longslopes where engine braking is neessary push the Overdrive switchonce. The O/D OFF indicator lighin the instrument panel comes onthis time.

When cruising at a low speed or climbin



sion down into a lower gear, depending on thevehicle speed.

Overdrive switch

Each time your vehicle is started, the transmis-sion is automatically “reset” to overdrive ON.

ON: With the engine running and theshift selector lever in the D (Drive)position, the transmission upshiftsinto Overdrive as vehicle speedincreases.

Overdrive does not engage until the enginehas reached operating temperature.

gentle slope, you may feel uncomfortable sshocks as the transmission shifts between tgear and Overdrive repeatedly. In this case, press the Overdrive switch to turn the Overdoff. The O/D OFF indicator light in the instrumpanel comes on at this time.

When driving conditions change, depress Overdrive switch to turn the Overdrive on.

Remember not to drive at high speeds for tended periods of time with the Overdrive This reduces fuel economy.

MANUAL TRANSMISSION

WARNING

● Do not downshift abruptly on slipperoads. This may cause a loss of contr

● Do not over-rev the engine when shiing to a lower gear. This may causeloss of control or engine damage.

WSD0063


CAUTION

● Do not rest your foot on the clutchpedalwhile driving. This may cause clutchdamage.

● Fully depress the clutch pedal before shifting to help prevent transmissiondamage.

If it is difficult to move the shift lever into(Reverse) or 1 (First), shift into N (Neutral), trelease the clutch pedal. Depress the clupedalagain and shift into R (Reverse) or 1 (Fi

If your vehicle is equipped with 4-wheel drive,“ Transfer case shifting proceduresfour-wheel drive vehicles” later in this section



● Stop your vehicle completely before shifting into R (Reverse).

● When the vehicle is stopped with theengine running (for example, at a stoplight), shift to N (Neutral) and releasethe clutch pedal with the foot brakeapplied. Shifting

To change gears, or when upshifting or down-shifting, depress the clutch pedal fully, shift intothe appropriate gear, then release the clutchslowly and smoothly.

Start the vehicle in 1st gear and shift to 2nd, 3rdand 4th up to 5th gear in sequence according tovehicle speed.

You cannot shift directly from 5th gear into R(Reverse). First shift into N (Neutral), then into R(Reverse).

Suggested upshift speedsThe following are suggested vehicle speedsshifting into a higher gear. These suggestirelate to fuel economy and vehicle performanActual upshift speeds will vary according to roconditions, the weather and individual drivhabits.

● Two-wheel drive models and four-whdrive models (2H and 4H position):

GEAR CHANGE MPH (km/h)

1st to 2nd 15 (24)

2nd to 3rd 25 (40)

3rd to 4th 40 (64)

4th to 5th 45 (72)

WSD0064


● 4–wheel drive model (4L position):


1st to 2nd 8 (13)

2nd to 3rd 12 (19)

3rd to 4th 20 (32)

4th to 5th 22 (35)

S d i d i h

4–wheel drive models

2H/4H position


1st 25 (40)

2nd 43 (69)

3rd 68 (109)

4th

WARNING

● Be sure the parking brake is fully leased before driving. Failure to do can cause brake failure and lead to accident.

● Do not release the parking brake frooutside the vehicle.

D t th hift i l f t

PARKING BRAKE



Suggested maximum speed in eachgear

Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is notrunning smoothly, or if you need to accelerate.

Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed(shown below) in any gear. For level road driving,use the highest gear suggested for that speed.Always observe posted speed limits, and driveaccording to the road conditions, which will en-sure safe operation. Do not over-rev the enginewhen shifting to a lower gear as it may causeengine damage or loss of vehicle control.

Allowable maximum speed in each gear:

2–wheel drive models

GEAR CHANGE MPH (km/h)1st 30 (48)2nd 55 (88)3rd 80 (129)4th —5th —

4th —5th —

4L position


1st 12 (19)

2nd 22 (35)

3rd 30 (48)

4th —

5th —

● Do not use the gear shift in place of tparking brake. When parking, be suthe parking brake is fully engaged.

● Do not leave children unattended in vehicle. They could release the parkibrake and cause an accident.


● The SET indicator light may blink when cruise control main switch is turned ON wpushing the RES/ACCEL, COAST/SETCANCEL switch (located on the steewheel). To properly set the cruise control stem, use the following procedures.

WARNING

Do not se the c ise cont ol hen d i

CRUISE CONTROL (if so equipped)



To engage: Firmly depress the parking brake᭺ A .

To release:

1. Firmly apply the foot brake.2. Manual transmission models:

Place the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position.

Automatic transmission models:Move the shift selector lever to the P (Park)position.

3. Pull out the parking brake release lever᭺B .

4. Before driving, be sure the brake warninglight goes out.

1. Cruise control main switch2. RES/ACCEL switch3. CANCEL switch4. COAST/SET switch

PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISECONTROL

● If the cruise control system malfunctions, itcancels automatically. The SET indicatorlight in the instrument panel then blinks towarn the driver.

● If the SET indicator light blinks, turn thecruise control main switch off and have thesystem checked by a NISSAN dealer.

Do not use the cruise control when drivunder the following conditions:

● When it is not possible to keep t vehicle at a set speed.

● In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies speed.

● On winding or hilly roads.

● On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc

● In very windy areas.

Doing so could cause a loss of vehiccontrol and result in an accident.

WSD0065 WSD0066


CAUTION

On manual transmission models, do not shift into N (Neutral) without depressingthe clutch pedal when the cruise control is set. Should this occur, depress the clutchpedal and turn the main switch off imme-diately. Failure to do so may cause enginedamage.

To cancel the preset speed, use one of thefollowing three methods.

● Push the CANCELbutton; theSET indicatorlight in the instrument panel goes out.

● Tap the brake pedal; the SET indicator lightgoes out.

● Turn the main switch off. Both the CRUISEi di at light a d SET i di at light i th

● Push and hold the RES/ACCEL swiWhen the vehicle attains the speed you sire, release the switch.

● Push and release the RES/ACCEL switEach time you do this, the set speedcreases by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use

of the follo ing three methods



CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS

The cruise control allows driving at a speed be-tween 25 - 90 MPH (40 - 144 km/h) withoutkeeping your foot on the accelerator pedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push the mainswitch. The CRUISE indicator light in the instru-ment panel comes on.

Toset cruising speed,accelerate the vehicle to

the desired speed, push the COAST/SET switchand release it. The SET indicator light in theinstrument panel comes on. Take your foot off theaccelerator pedal. Your vehicle maintains the setspeed.

● To pass another vehicle, depress the ac-celerator pedal. When you release the pedal,the vehicle returnsto the previously set speed.

● The vehicle may not maintain the set speedwhen going up or down steep hills. If thishappens, drive without the cruise control.

indicator light and SET indicator light in theinstrument panel go out.

The cruise control is automatically canceled andthe SET light in the instrument panel goes out if:

● you depress the brake or clutch pedal whilepushing the RES/ACCEL or COAST/SETswitch. The preset speed is deleted frommemory.

● the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH

(13 km/h) below the set speed.

● you depress the clutch pedal (manual trans-mission), or move theshift selector lever to N(Neutral) (automatic transmission).

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods.

● Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push andrelease the COAST/SET switch.

of the following three methods.● Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the

hicle attains the desired speed, push COAST/SET switch and release it.

● Push and hold the COAST/SET switch. lease the switch when the vehicle slowsthe desired speed.

● Push and release the COAST/SET swiEach time you do this, the set speed creases by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and lease the RES/ACCEL switch. The vehicleturns to the last set cruising speed when vehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h).


During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km), followthese recommendations to obtain maximum en-gine performance and ensure the future reliabilityand economy of your new vehicle. Failure tofollow these recommendations may result inshortened engine life and reduced engine perfor-mance.

● Avoid driving for long periods at constant

speed either fast or slow and do not run the

● Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Maintaincruising speeds with a constant acceleratorposition.

● Drive at moderate speeds on the highway.Driving at high speed lowers fuel economy.

● Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking.Maintain a safe distance behind other ve-

hicles

● Use 4H or 4L position only whnecessary. Four-wheel drive operation loers fuel economy.

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY



speed, either fast or slow, and do not run theengine over 4,000 rpm.

● Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear.

● Avoid quick starts.

● Avoid hard braking as much as possible.

● Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles(800 km).

hicles.● Use a proper gear range which suits road

conditions. On level roads, shift into highgear as soon as possible.

● Avoid unnecessary engine idling.

● Keep your engine tuned up.

● Follow the recommended periodic mainte-nance schedule.

● Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres-

sure. Low tire pressure increases tire wearand lowers fuel economy.

● Keep the front wheels in correct alignment.Improper alignment increases tire wear andlowers fuel economy.

● Air conditioner operation lowers fuel economy.Use the air conditioner only when necessary.

● When cruising at highway speeds, it is moreeconomical to use the air conditioner andleave the windows closed to reduce drag.


● Do not leave the transfer control lever inthe N (Neutral) position. Otherwise, the vehicle could roll unexpectedly even ifthe manual transmission is in any gearor the automatic transmission is in theP (Park) position. If the ATP light is on,this indicates that the automatic trans-mission P position will not function and

the transfer control lever is in the N

4H — (4WD, high range) Four wheels are drivUse when driving on roads where it is difficudrive in the 2H position (for example, drivingnormal speeds on snow covered, icy, wet, muor sandy roads).

The 4H position provides greater power traction. Avoid excessive speed as it will caincreased fuel consumption, higher oil tempe

ture and could damage drivetrain compone

USING FOUR WHEEL DRIVE (4WD)



To move the transfer case lever:

: Push down on the lever to shift

: Shift without pushing down on the lever

TRANSFER CASE SHIFTINGPROCEDURES

WARNING

● When parking always make sure thetransfer control lever is in the 2H, 4H or4L position and the parking brake isapplied.

the transfer control lever is in the Nposition.

● Failure to engage the transfer controllever in 2H, 4H or 4L could result in the vehicle moving unexpectedly, whichcould cause serious personal injury orproperty damage.

CAUTION

Do not drive on dry hard surface roads in

four-wheel drive. Driving on dry hard sur-faces in 4H or 4L may cause unnecessarynoise, tire wear, and increased fuel consumption. NISSAN recommends driving inthe 2H position under these conditions.

2H — (2WD, high range) Only the rear wheelsare driven. Use for driving under the same condi-tions as standard 2WD vehicles or state dyna-mometer I/M testing.

ture and could damage drivetrain componeSpeed over 50 MPH (80 km/h) in 4H are recommended.

4L — (4WD, low range) Four wheels are drivUse when climbing or descending steep hillsduring hard driving in sand, mud or deep snoThe 4L position provides maximum power atraction. Avoid raising vehicle speed excessivas the maximum speed is approximately 30 M(48 km/h).

N — No wheels are driven. Always keep transfer lever out of the N (Neutral) position. Sthe lever quickly and smoothly when movacross the N (Neutral) position with the vehstopped.

WSD0067


● Accelerating quickly from a stop after shifting from two-wheel drive to four-wheel drive may not allow engagementof the auto-locking free-running hubsand may cause a clattering noise. If thisoccurs, release the accelerator pedal toreduce the engine speed or stop the vehicle. Continued use of the vehicle

with this noise may damage the hubl k

● When shifting into or out of four-whedrive while driving, do not stop shlever movement midway. An incomple shift may cause a clattering noise frothe auto-locking hubs. Continued uof the vehicle with this noise may daage the hub lock. Drive in four-whedrive to stop the noise. Shift to tw

wheel drive as described



AUTO-LOCK FREE-RUNNING HUBS

The auto-lock free-running hub is designed to

allow for automatic four-wheel drive engagementwhen the shift lever is moved to the 4H or 4Lposition. Follow these operational cautions:

CAUTION

● The auto-locking hubs will make aclicking noise when engaging and dis-engaging. This is normal.

with this noise may damage the hublock.

● If the auto-locking hubs make a clatter-ing noise after shifting from four-wheeldrive to two-wheel drive, stop and movethe vehicle in reverse gear, in a straightline, about 7 to 10 feet (2 to 3 m).

● Under extremely cold conditions [below5°F (-15°C)], the front axle shafts mayrotate even with the transfer lever in the2H position. If this occurs, the auto-locking hubs may make a clatteringnoise. To avoid this, drive first in four-wheel drive to warm up the vehicle anddifferential gear oil. Then, shift to two-wheel drive.

● In cold weather, it may be necessary toreduce speed or stop the vehicle in or-der to shift from two-wheel drive tofour-wheel drive.

wheel drive as described.For Automatic transmission models:

When moving the transfer lever from 4H or 44L or 4H, you must always move it quithrough the N position. If you are slow to shift,engine idle speed will allow the transfer gearsspeed up and gear clashing will occur.

Do not move the transfer lever from 4H or 4L4L or 4H, from 2H to 4L and from 4L to 2H wthe engine turned off. Otherwise, you may h

difficulty in moving the transfer lever to the sired position.

Do not leave the transfer lever in the N positwith the engine running. Stopping with the trafer case in the N position may cause gear griing when selecting another gear. Changing transfer case gear quickly and smoothly will elnate this.

SD0021


TO SHIFTTRANSFER CASE

SHIFT PROCEDURE FOR AUTO-LOCK FREE RUNNING HUBS

From 2H to 4H Move the transfer case shift lever to 4H at speeds below 25 MPH (40 km/h). It is not necessary to depress the clutch pedal. Perform this operation whendriving straight, not while cornering.

1. Move the transfer case shift lever to 2H. This can be done at any speed, and it is not necessary to depress the clutch pedal. Perform this operation whedriving straight, not while cornering.2. Disengage the AUTO-LOCK hubs following the procedure outlined below.NOTE: The 4WD indicator light may not turn off immediately under certain driving conditions, such as when the vehicle is driven uphill.

This is normal and it will shut off as the vehicle is driven further.AUTO LOCK HUB DISENGAGEMENT (FREE MODE)



From 4H to 2HAUTO-LOCK HUB DISENGAGEMENT (FREE MODE)The AUTO-LOCK hubs will not disengage until the vehicle is completely stopped and is then moved in a straight line, approximately 7-10 ft (2-3 m), in theopposite direction of travel. For example:If you were driving the vehicle forward, stop and move the vehicle 7-10 ft (2-3 m) backward.If you were driving the vehicle in reverse, stop and move the vehicle 7-10 ft (2-3 m) forward.It is not necessary to immediately return the AUTO-LOCK hubs to FREE MODE when shifting from 4H to 2H. The vehicle may be operated under normal 2conditions with the AUTO-LOCK hubs engaged. However, disengaging the AUTO-LOCK hubs will allow for better fuel economy, quieter ride and less component wear. Leaving the hubs locked while driving in 2H may be desirable so that you can easily shift to 4H at speeds greater than 25 MPH (40 km/h).

From 4H to 4L or 4L to4H

1. Stop the vehicle.Keep the engine running.

2. Depress the clutch pedal, or place the transmission selector lever in the N (Neutral) position.

3. Depress the transfer case shift lever and move it to the 4L or 4H position. Change gears quickly and smoothly.

From 2H to 4L


2. Depress the clutch pedal, or place the transmission selector lever in the N (Neutral) position.3. Depress the transfer case shift lever and move it to the 4L position. Change gears quickly and smoothly.

From 4L to 2H


2. Depress the clutch pedal, or place the transmission selector lever in the N (Neutral) position.3. Depress the transfer case shift lever and move it to the 2H position. Change gears quickly and smoothly.4. Disengage the AUTO-LOCK hubs following the procedure outlined above.


● Safe parking procedures require thboth the parking brake be set and ttransmission placed into P (Park) automatic transmission models or in appropriate gear for manual transm sion models. Failure to do so coucause the vehicle to move unexpectedor roll away and result in an accide

Make sure the shift lever has bepushed as far forward as it can go a

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS



WARNING

● Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as dry grass,

waste paper or rags. They may igniteand cause a fire.

● The transfer control lever mustbe in the 2H, 4H or 4L position and theparking brake set to prevent the vehiclefrom rolling.

● Never place the transfer control lever inthe N (Neutral) position. Otherwise, the vehicle could roll unexpectedly even ifthe manual transmission is in gear or

the automatic transmission is in the P(Park) position. This could result in se-rious injury or property damage.

Make sure the shift lever has bepushed as far forward as it can go acannot be moved without depressithe foot brake pedal.

● Never leave the engine running whthe vehicle is unattended.

● Do not leave children unattended insithe vehicle. They could unknowingly ativate switches or controls. Unattendchildren could become involved in seous accidents.

● If the ATP lamp is ON,thisindicates ththe automatic transmission P (Park) p sition will not function and the transcontrol shift lever is in the N (Neutrposition. Failure to engage the transfcontrol lever in the 2H,4H or 4L positicould result in the vehicle moving unepectedly, resulting in serious personinjury or property damage.

1. Firmly apply the parking brake.

WSD0050


2. Manual transmission models:

Place the shift lever in the R (Reverse) posi-tion. When parking on an uphill grade, placethe shift lever in 1st gear.

Automatic transmission models:

Move the shift selector lever to the P (Park)position.

3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into

The power assisted steering is designed to use ahydraulic pump, driven by the engine, to assiststeering.

If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks, youwill still have control of the vehicle. However,muchgreater steering effort is needed, especiallyin sharp turns and at low speeds.

WARNING

The brake system has two separate hydracircuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will have braking at two wheels.

BRAKE PRECAUTIONS

Vacuum assisted brakes

The brake booster aids braking by using eng

vacuum. If the engine stops, you can stop vehicle by depressing the brake pedal Howe

POWER STEERING BRAKE SYSTEM



p p gtraffic when parked on an incline, it is a goodpractice to turn the wheels as illustrated.

● HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB:᭺1

Turn the wheels into the curb and move thevehicle forward until the curb side wheelgently touches the curb.

● HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB:᭺2

Turn the wheels away from the curb and

move the vehicle back until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

● HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NOCURB:᭺3

Turn the wheels toward the side of the roadso the vehicle will move away from the cen-ter of the road if it moves.

4. Turn the ignition key to the LOCK positionand remove the key.

If the engine is not running or is turned offwhile driving, the power assist for the steering will not work. Steering will bemuch harder to operate.

g p , y pvehicle by depressing the brake pedal. Howegreater foot pressure on the brake pedal willrequired to stop the vehicle and stopping dtance will be longer.

Using the brakes

Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal wdriving. This will overheat thebrakes, wear outbrake linings and pads faster, and reduce gmileage.

To help reduce brake wear and to prevent brakes from overheating, reduce speed downshift to a lower gear before going dowslope or long grade. Overheated brakes mreduce braking performance and could resuloss of vehicle control.


WARNING

● While driving on a slippery surface, becareful when braking, accelerating ordownshifting. Abrupt braking or accel-erating could cause the wheels to skidand result in an accident.

● If the engine is not running or is turned

off while driving, the power assist forthe brakes will not work. Braking will be

prevent each wheel from locking and sliding. Bypreventing wheel lockup, the system helps thedriver maintain steering control and helps to mini-mize swerving and spinning on slippery surfaces.

Using the system

Depress the brake pedal and hold it down.

WARNING

properly. However, the pulsation may indicthat road conditionsare hazardousand extra cis required while driving.

Self-test feature

The anti-lock brake system consists of electrosensors and hydraulic solenoids controlled bcomputer. The computer has a built-in diagno

feature that tests the system each time you sthe engine and mo ethe ehicle at a lo spee



g, pthe brakes will not work. Braking will beharder.

Wet brakes

When the vehicle is washed or driven throughwater, the brakes may get wet. As a result, yourbraking distance will be longer and the vehiclemay pull to one side during braking.

To dry the brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe

speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal toheat up the brakes. Do this until the brakes returnto normal. Avoid driving the vehicle at highspeeds until the brakes function correctly.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)

The anti-lock brake system controls the brakes ateach wheel so the wheels do not lock whenbraking abruptly or when braking on slippery sur-faces. The system detects the rotation speed ateach wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing somay result in increased stoppingdistances.

Normal operation

The anti-lock brake system does not operate atspeeds below 3 - 6 MPH (5 - 10 km/h). (Thespeeds vary according to road conditions.)

When driving, the anti-lock brake system con-trols the wheels so they will not lock when brak-ing abruptly or when braking on a slippery road.Thus, difficult steering and swerving of the ve-hicle due to locked wheels is minimized. Thesystem detects the wheel rotation rate and elec-tronically controls the pressure applied to eachbrake. Slight vibration on the brake pedal accom-panied by noise usually occurs while the ABSsystem is operating. Such vibration and noiseencountered during abrupt braking is not a prob-lem, but indicates that the system is functioning

y ythe engine and movethe vehicle at a low speeforward or reverse. When the self-test occyou may hear a ‘‘clunk’’ noise and/or feel a pution in the brake pedal. This is normal and is an indication of any malfunction. If the compusenses any malfunction, it switches the anti-lbrake system off and turns on the ABS brwarning light on the instrument panel. The brsystem then operates normally, but without alock assistance.

If a malfunction occurs in the system, the alock function will not operate, but the standvehicle brake system will continue to opernormally. The ABS brake warning light will tcome on.

If the light comes on during the self-test or wdriving, take the vehicle to a NISSAN dealerrepair.


WARNING

● The anti-lock brake system is a sophis-ticated device, but it cannot prevent ac-cidents resulting from careless or dan-gerous driving techniques. It can helpmaintain vehicle control during brakingon slippery surfaces,but remember thatthe stopping distance on slippery sur-

faces will be longer than on normalf ith th ti l k b k

● When installing a spare tire, make sureit is the proper size and type as speci-fied on the tire placard. For tire placardlocation information, refer to “Tire plac-ard” in the “Technical and consumerinformation” section of this manual.

● Refer to “Wheels and tires” in the“Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-

tion of this manual.

When driving on slippery surfaces or suddeavoiding obstacles on roads, the vehicle miswerve or slip. With the Vehicle Dynamic Con(VDC) system, sensors detect these movemeand control the braking and engineoutputto himprove vehicle stability while driving.

● When the vehicle dynamic control systemoperating, the slip indicator in the instrum

panel blinks.

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC

SYSTEM (if so equipped)



surfaces even with the anti-lock brake system. Stopping distances may alsobe longer on rough, gravel or snow cov-ered roads, or if you are using tirechains. Tiretype andcondition may alsoaffect braking effectiveness. Alwaysmaintain a safe distance from the ve-hicle in front of you. Ultimately, the responsibility for safety of self and othersrests in the hands of the driver.

● Tire type and condition of tires may alsoaffect braking effectiveness.

● When replacing tires, install the speci-fied size of tires on all four wheels.

p

● When only the traction control system ption of the vehicle dynamic control systemoperating, the slip indicator will also blin

● If the slip indicator blinks, the vehicle is der slippery conditions. Be sure to dcarefully. See “Slip indicator light”, and “hicle dynamic control off indicator lightthe “Instruments and controls” section.

● Indicator lightIf malfunction occurs in the system, theand indicator l ights come on in instrument panel.As long as these warning lights are on, traction control function is canceled.

The VDC system uses a Brake Limited Slip ferential (LSD) system to improve vehicle trtion. The brake LSD system works when onethe driving wheels is spinning on a slippery sface. The brake LSD system brakes the spinn


wheel which distributes the driving power to theother drive wheel. If the vehicle is operated withthe vehicle dynamic control system off, all VDCand TCS functions will be turned off. The brakeLSD system and ABS will still operate with theVDC system OFF. If the brake LSD system or theABS is activated, the slip indicator light will blink and you may hear a clunk noise and/or feel a

pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal.Whil th VDC t i ti f l

WARNING

● The vehicle dynamic control system isdesigned to help improve driving stabil-ity but does not prevent accidents dueto abrupt steering operation at high speeds or by careless or dangerousdriving techniques. Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when

driving and cornering on slippery sur-faces and always drive carefully

● The vehicle dynamic control systemnot a substitute for winter tires or tchains on a snow covered road.



While the VDC system is operating, you may feela pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise orvibration from under the hood. This is normal andindicates that the VDC system is working prop-erly.

The computer has a built in diagnostic featurethat tests the system each time you start theengineand move thevehicle forward or in reverseat a slow speed. When the self-test occurs, you

may hear a clunk noise and/or feel a pulsation inthe brake pedal. This is normal and is not anindication of a malfunction.

faces and always drive carefully.

● If suspension parts such as shock ab- sorbers, struts, springs and bushingsare not standard equipment or are ex-tremely deteriorated, the vehicle dy-namic control off indicator light maycome on.

● When driving on extremely inclined sur-faces such as higher banked corners,

the vehicle dynamic control system maynot operate properly or the vehicle dy-namic control off indicator light maycome on. Do not drive on these types ofroads.

● If the tires other than the recommendedones are used, the vehicle dynamic con-trol system may not operate properly orthe vehicle dynamic control off indica-tor light may come on.


FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK

To prevent a door lock from freezing, apply de-icer through the key hole. If the lock becomesfrozen, heat the keybefore inserting it into the keyhole.

ANTI-FREEZE

In the winter when it is anticipated that the tem-perature will drop below 32°F (0°C), check the

Fordetails, see‘‘Changing enginecoolant’’ in the‘‘Maintenance and do-it-yourself’’ section of thismanual.

TIRE EQUIPMENT

1. SUMMER tires have a tread designed toprovide superior performance on dry pave-ment. However, the performance of these

tires will be substantially reduced in snowyand icy conditions. If you operate your ve-

the tires on your vehicle and are instalaccording to the chain manufacturer’s sgestions. Use only SAE Class “chains. Class “S” chains are used on hicles with restricted tire to vehicle cleance. Vehiclesthat canuse Class “S”chaare designed to meet the minimum cleances between the tire and the closest hicle suspension or body component

quired to accommodate the use of a wintraction de ice (tire chains or cables) T

COLD WEATHER DRIVING



anti-freeze (ethylene glycol base) to assureproperwinter protection. For details, see‘‘Enginecooling system’’ in the ‘‘Maintenance and do-it-yourself’’ section of this manual.

BATTERY

If the battery is not fully charged during extremelycold weather conditions, the battery fluid mayfreeze and damage the battery. To maintain maxi-

mum efficiency, the battery should be checkedregularly. For details, see ‘‘Battery’’ in the ‘‘Main-tenance and do-it-yourself’’ section of thismanual.

DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER

If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti-freeze, drain the cooling system, including theengine block. Refill before operating the vehicle.

hicle on snowy or icyroads,NISSAN recom-mends the use of MUD & SNOW or ALLSEASON TIRES on all four wheels. Pleaseconsult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type,size, speed rating and availability informa-tion.

2. For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtires may be used. However, some U.S.states and Canadian provinces prohibit their

use. Check local, state and provincial lawsbefore installing studded tires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may bepoorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

3. Tire chains may be used.

Use of tire chains maybe prohibited accord-ing to location. Check the local laws beforeinstalling tire chains. When installing tirechains, make sure they are of proper size for

traction device (tire chains or cables). Tminimum clearances are determined usthe factory equipped tire size. Other tymay damage your vehicle. Use chain tsioners when recommended by the chain manufacturer to ensure a tightLoose end links of the tire chain mustsecured or removed to prevent the possity of whipping action damage to the fendor underbody. If possible, avoid fully load

your vehicle when using tire chains. In adtion, drive at a reduced speed. Otherwyour vehicle maybe damaged and/or vehhandling and performance may be adveraffected.

Never install tire chains on spare tiresnot use tire chains on dry roads.


SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT

It is recommended that the following items becarried in the vehicle during winter:

● A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to removeice and snow from the windows and wiperblades.

● A sturdy, flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support.

● Allow more stopping distance underthese conditions. Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement.

● Allow greater following distances on slippery roads.

● Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).These may appear on an otherwiseclear road in shaded areas. If a patch ofice is seen ahead, brake before reach-

WARNING

Do not use your heater with an ugrounded electrical system or twpronged (cheater) adapters. You can injured by an electrical shock if you useungrounded connection.



● A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts.

● Extra window washer fluid to refill the reser-voir tank.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING

● Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain), very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on. The vehicle willhave much less traction or “grip” underthese conditions. Try to avoid driving onwet ice until the road is salted or sanded.

● Whatever the condition, drive with cau-tion. Accelerate and slow down withcare. If accelerating or downshifting toofast, the drive wheels will lose evenmore traction.

ing it. Try not to brake while on the ice,and avoid any sudden steer ingmaneuvers.

● Do not use the cruise control on slip-pery roads.

● Snow can trap dangerous exhaustgases under your vehicle. Keep snowclear of the exhaust pipe and fromaround your vehicle.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if soequipped)

An engine block heater to assist in extreme coldtemperature starting is available through aNISSAN dealer.


6 In case of emergency

First aid kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Flat tire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Low tire pressure warning system(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Push starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-11If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12

Towing your vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13Towing recommended by NISSAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13



q ppChanging a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9

g yVehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle). . . . . . . . .6-15Flat towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-15

LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNINGSYSTEM (if so equipped)

The low tire pressure warning system monittire pressure of all tires (except the spare tirethe vehicle is being driven with a flat tireextremelylow tire pressure (lower than 10 psikPa), the low tire pressure warning system activateandwarnyouof it bythe low tirepresswarning light. This system will activate only whth hi l i d i t d b 20 M

FIRST AID KIT FLAT TIRE



A first aid kit is located on the back door trimpanel. To remove the first aid kit:

᭺1 Squeeze the latch buttons.

᭺2 Pull the two straps apart to unfasten.

the vehicle is driven at speeds above 20 M(32 km/h). For more details, please refer“Warning/indicator lights and audible remindein the “Instruments and controls” section, a“Low tire pressure warning system” in the “Sting and driving” section.

WCE0057

6-2 In case of emergency

WARNING

● If the low tire pressure warning lightflashes while driving, avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking,reduce vehicle speed, pull off the roadto a safe location and stop the vehicleas soon as possible. Serious vehicledamage could occur and may lead to an

accident and could result in seriouspersonal injury. Check the tire pressure

CHANGING A FLAT TIRE

If you have a flat tire, follow the instructions be-low.

Stopping the vehicle

1. Safely move the vehicle off the road andaway from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.3 Park on a level surface and apply the parking

5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic andsignal professional road assistance persnel that you need assistance.

6. Have all passengers get out of the vehand stand in a safe place, away from traand clear of the vehicle.

WARNING

● Make sure the parking brake is securapplied and the manual transmission



p j y pfor all four tires and adjust the pressureto the COLD tire pressure shown on thetire placard. If you have a flat tire, re-place it with a spare tire as soon aspossible.

● When a spare tire is mounted or a wheelis replaced, tire pressure will not beindicated and the low tire pressurewarning system will not function. Con-

tact your NISSAN dealer as soon aspossible for tire replacement and/or system r esetting.

● Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors.

3. Park on a level surface and apply the parkingbrake. Shift the manual transmission into R(Reverse), or the automatic transmissioninto P (Park).

WARNING

● The transfer control lever mustbe in the 2H, 4H or 4L position.

● Do not leave the transfer control lever inthe N (Neutral) position. Otherwise, the vehicle could roll unexpectedly even ifthe manual transmission is in any gearor the automatic transmission is in theP (Park) position. This could result in serious personal injury or propertydamage.

4. Turn off the engine.

applied and the manual transmission shifted into R (Reverse), or the aumatic transmission into P (Park).

● Never change tires when the vehicleon a slope, ice or slippery areas. Thishazardous.

● Never change tires if oncoming trafficclose to your vehicle. Wait for profe sional road assistance.

● When a spare tire is mounted or a wheis replaced, the low tire pressure waing system will not function. Contayour NISSAN dealer as soon possibfor tire replacement and/or system setting. (For models with the low tpressure warning system)

In case of emergency 6

WARNING

Never use the tool tray as a jacki surface.



Blocking wheels

Place suitable blocks ᭺1 at both the front andback of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire᭺2 to prevent the vehicle from rolling when it is

jacked up.

WARNING

Be sure to block the wheel as the vehiclemay move and result in personal injury.

1. Torxdriver2. Wheel nut wrench3. Jack rod

Getting the spare tire and tools1. Open the back door.

2. Roll back the cargo area carpet.

3. Remove the wheel nut wrench and jack rod.

4. Unscrew thetool tray hold down andremovethe tool tray.

5. Use the tool tray to store lug nuts during atire change.

WCE0044 WPD0163




6. Unscrew the jack hold down and removethe jack.

7. Find the oval-shaped opening above themiddle of the license plate. Pass theT-shaped end of the jack rod through theopening and direct it toward the spare tirewinch, located directly above the spare tire.

CAUTION

Do not insert the jack rod straight as it isdesigned to be inserted at an angle as shown.

8. Fit the square end of the jack rod into square hole of the wheel nut wrench to foa handle.

WCE0058 ACE1034

WCE0


9. Seat the T-shaped end of the jack rod intothe T-shaped opening of the tire winch. Ap-ply pressure to keep the jack rod engaged inthe spare tire winch and turn the jack rodcounterclockwise to lower the spare tire.

10. Once the spare tire is completely lowered,reach under the vehicle, remove the retainerchain, and carefully slide the tire from under

the rear of the vehicle.CAUTION



CAUTION

Be sure to center the spare tire suspend-ing plate on the wheel and then lift the spare tir e.

Removing wheel cover

CAUTION

Do not use your hands to pry off wheelcaps or wheel covers. Doing so could result in personal injury.

Remove the wheel cover as follows:

Use caution not to scratch the wheel cover orwheel surface.

Type A:

Firmly grasp the center wheel cap and turn eitclockwise or counterclockwise to remove.

Type B:

1. Wrap the end of a screwdriver with a clo

2. Pry the center wheel cap off by pushingthe handle of the screwdriver in the direcshown.

Type AWCE0060

Type B

WCE00


● Do not allow passengers to stay in t vehicle while it is on the jack.

● Never run the engine with a wheel(s) the ground. It may cause the vehiclemove.

Always refer to the proper illustrations for correct placement and jack-up points for yspecific vehicle model and jack type.

Carefully read the cautionlabel attachedth j k b d d th f ll i i t



Jacking up vehicle and removing thedamaged tire

WARNING

● Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack.

● Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not use thejack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles. The jack is designed for liftingonly your vehicle during a tire change.

● Use the correct jack-up points. Neveruse any other part of the vehicle for jack support.

●Never jack up the vehicle more thannecessary.

● Never use blocks on or under the jack.

● Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack. It may cause the vehicle to move. This is especially truefor vehicles with limited slip differentialcarriers.

the jack body and the following instrutions.

1. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turnsturning counterclockwise with the wheelwrench. Do not remove the wheel nuntil the tire is off the ground.

FrontWCE0061

RearWCE0062


The jack should be used on firm andlevel ground.

3. To lift the vehicle, securely hold thejack leverand rod. Carefully raise the vehicle until thetire clears the ground.

When using alternate rear jack-uppoint for 15 inch wheels, raise the ve-hicle so that the tire is no more than 2

inches (50 mm) off the ground.

4. Remove the wheel nuts and then removethe



2. Place the jack directly under the jack-uppoint as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack-up point.

Under some conditions there will not besufficient clearance to use the primary rear jacking point on vehicles equipped with 15inch wheels. If this occurs, use the alternate jack-up point᭺1 for vehicles equipped with15 inch wheels. When using the alternate jack-up point, position the jack on the axle asclose as possible to the tire that needs to bechanged.

4. Remove the wheel nuts and then removethetire.

Installing the spare tire

The spare tire is designed for emergeuse. See specific instructions under heading “Wheels and tires” in the “Main

nance and do-it-yourself” section of tmanual.

1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surface tween the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the spare tire on and tighthe wheel nuts finger tight.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten whnuts alternately and evenly as illustrated uthey are tight.

Rear (15 inch wheel alternate jack-uppoint)

WCE0361 WCE0


4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with the wheelnut wrench, tighten the wheel nuts securelyin the sequence illustrated. Lower the ve-hicle completely.

WARNING

● Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly

tightened wheel nuts can cause thewheel to become loose or come off.This could cause an accident.

Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure.

COLD pressure: After vehicle has beenparked for three hours or more or drivenless than 1 mile (1.6 km).

COLD tire pressures are shown on the tireplacard affixed to the inside of the glovebox lid.

5. Securely store theflat tire and jacking equip-ment in the vehicle.

To start your engine with a booster battery, instructions and precautions below must be lowed.

WARNING

● If done incorrectly, jump starting clead to a battery explosion, resulting severe injury or death. It could a

damage your vehicle.● Explosive hydrogen gas is alwa

t i th i i it f th b tt

JUMP STARTING



This could cause an accident.

● Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts. This could cause the nutsto become loose.

● Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve-hicle has been driven for 600 miles(1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire,etc.).

As soon as possible, tighten the wheel nutsto the specified torque with a torquewrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:98 ft-lb (133 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times. It is recom-mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at each lubrication interval.

WARNING

● Always make sure that the spare tireand jacking equipment are properly se-cured after use. Such items canbecomedangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop.

● The spare tire is designed for emer-gency use. See specific instructions un-

der the heading “Wheels and tires” inthe “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

present in the vicinity of the batteKeep all sparks and flames away frothe battery.

● Do not allow battery fluid to come incontact with eyes, skin, clothing painted surfaces. Battery fluid is a corosive sulfuric acid solution which ccause severe burns. If the fluid shoucome into contact with anything, imm

diately flush the contacted area wwater.

● Keep battery out of the reach children.

● The booster battery must be rated at volts. Use of an improperly rated battecan damage your vehicle.


● Whenever working on or near a battery,always wear suitable eyeprotectors (forexample, goggles or industrial safety spectacles) and remove rings, metalbands, or any other jewelry. Do not leanover the battery when jump starting.

● Do not attempt to jump start a frozenbattery. It could explode and cause se-

rious injury.● Your vehicle has an automatic engine

li f It ld t



cooling fan. It could come on at anytime. Keep hands and other objectsaway from it.

WARNING

Always follow the instructions below.Failure to do so could result in damage tothe charging system and cause personal

injury.

1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle,position the two vehicles to bring their bat-teries near each other.

Do not allow the two vehicles totouch.

2. Apply the parking brake. Move the shift leto N (Neutral) (manual transmission) or t(Park) (automatic transmission). Switchall unnecessary electrical systems (ligheater, air conditioner, etc.).

3. Remove vent caps on the battery (ifequipped). Cover the battery with an cloth to reduce explosion hazard.

4. Connect jumper cables in the sequenclustrated (᭺ A ,᭺B ,᭺C ,᭺D ).

WCE0


CAUTION

● Always connect positive ( ϩ ) to positive( ϩ ) and negative ( Ϫ ) to body ground (forexample, strut mounting bolt, enginelift bracket, etc.) — not to the battery.

● Make sure the jumper cables do nottouch moving parts in the engine com-partment and that the cable clamps do

not contact any other metal.

5 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and

8. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped). Besure to dispose of the cloth used to coverthe vent holes as it may be contaminatedwith corrosive acid.

WARNING

● Automatic transmission models cannbe push-started or tow-started. Tmay cause transmission or other vhicle damage.

● Three-way catalyst equipped mod should not be started by pushing. Tthree-way catalyst may be damaged.

● Never try to start the vehicle by towiit. When the engine starts, the forwa

PUSH STARTING



5. Start the engine of the booster vehicle andlet it run for a few minutes.

6. Keep the engine speed of the booster ve-hicle at about 2,000 rpm, and start the en-gine of the vehicle being jump started.

WARNING

Do not keep the starter motor engaged for

more than 10 seconds. If the engine doesnot start right away, turn the key off andwait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again.

7. After starting the engine, carefully discon-nect thenegative cable and then thepositivecable.

it. When the engine starts, the forwa surge could cause the vehicle to colliwith the tow vehicle.

In case of emergency 6-

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by anextremely high temperature gauge reading), or ifyou feel a lack of engine power, detect abnormalnoise, etc. take the following steps.

WARNING

● Do not continue to drive if your vehicleoverheats. Doing so could cause a ve-

hicle fire.● To avoid the danger of being scalded,

never remove the radiator cap while the

3. If engineoverheatingis causedby climbing along hill ona hot day, run the engineat a fastidle (approximately 1,500 r/min) until thetemperature gauge indicator returns to nor-mal.

4. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen forsteam or coolant escaping from the radiatorbefore opening the hood. Wait until no

steam or coolant can be seen before pro-ceeding.

O h i h d

WARNING

Be careful not to allow your hands, hajewelry or clothing to come into contawith, or get caught in, engine belts or tengine cooling fan. The engine coolifan can start at any time when the coolatemperature is high.

7. After theengine cools down, check thecoant level in the reservoir tank with the engrunning. Add coolant to the reservoir tan

H hi l i d

IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS



never remove the radiator cap while theengine is still hot. When the radiatorcap is removed, pressurized hot waterwill spurt out, possibly causing seriousinjury.

● Do not open the hood if steam is com-ing out.

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road, apply

the parking brake and move the shift lever toN (Neutral) (manual transmission) or to P(Park) (automatic transmission).

Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the air conditioner (if so equipped).Openall the windows, movethe heater or airconditioner temperature control to maximumhot and fan control to high speed.

5. Open the engine hood.

WARNING

If steam or water is coming from the en-gine, stand clear to prevent gettingburned.

6. Visually check drive belts for damage orlooseness. Also check if the cooling fan isrunning. The radiator hoses and radiatorshould not leak water. If coolant is leaking,the water pump belt is missing or loose, orthe cooling fan does not run, stop the en-gine.

necessary. Have your vehicle repaired aNISSAN dealer.


When towing your vehicle, all State (Provincial inCanada) and local regulations fortowingmust befollowed. Incorrect towingequipmentcoulddam-age your vehicle. Towing instructions are avail-able from a NISSAN dealer. Local service opera-tors aregenerally familiar with the applicable lawsand procedures for towing. To assure propertowing and to prevent accidental damage to yourvehicle, NISSAN recommends having a service

operator tow your vehicle. It is advisable to havethe service operator carefully read the followingprecautions:

Two-wheel drive models

NISSANrecommends that your vehicle be towwith the driving (rear) wheels off the groundplace the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrat

CAUTION

● Never tow automatic transmissimodels with the rear wheels on t

ground or four wheels on the grou(forward or backward), as this mcause serious and expensive damage

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE



p

WARNING

● Never ride in a vehicle that is beingtowed.

● Never get under your vehicle after it hasbeen lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION● When towing, make sure that the trans-

mission, axles, steering system andpowertrain are in working condition. Ifany unit is damaged, dollies must beused.

● Always attach safety chains beforetowing.

TOWING RECOMMENDED BYNISSAN

cause serious and expensive damagethe transmission. If it is necessary tow the vehicle with the front wheeraised always use towing dollies undthe rear wheels.

● When towing automatic or manutransmission models with the frowheels on the ground or on towidollies:

– Turn the ignition key to the OFF potion, and secure the steering wheel i straight-ahead position with a rope similar device. Never secure the steing wheel by turning the ignition keythe LOCK position. This may damathe steering lock mechanism.

ACE1037


● If you have to tow manual transmissionmodels with the rear wheels on theground (if you do not use towing dol-lies) or four wheels on the ground:

● Always release the parking brake.

● Move the transmission shift lever tothe N (Neutral) position.

●

Observe the following restricted tow-ing speeds and distances for manualtransmission models only:

CAUTION

● Never tow automatic transmissimodels with the rear wheels on tground or four wheels on the ground,this may cause serious and expensidamage to the transmission. If it is neessary to tow the vehicle with the frowheelsraisedalways usetowingdoll

under the rear wheels.● When towing automatic or manu

transmission models with the fro



Speed: Below 60 MPH (97 km/h)

Distance: Less than 500 miles (805km)

If the speed or distance must necessarily begreater, remove the propeller shaft before towingto prevent damage to the transmission.

Four-wheel drive models

NISSAN recommends that towing dollies beused when towing your vehicle or place the ve-hicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated.

transmission models with the frowheels on the ground or on towidollies:

● To disengage auto-lock free- runnihubs see the “Starting and drivin section for details.

● Move the transfer case shift leverthe 2H position.

● Turn the ignition key to the OFF p sition, and secure the steering whein a straight-ahead position withrope or similar device. Never secuthe steering wheel by turning the nition key to the LOCK position. Thmay damage the steering lomechanism.

ACE1038


● If you have to tow manual transmissionmodels with the rear wheels on theground (if you do not use towing dol-lies) or four wheels on the ground:

● To disengage auto-lock free- runninghubs see the “Starting and driving” section for details.

● Move the transfer case shift lever to

the 2H position.

● Move the transmission shift lever toth N (N t l) iti

VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a stuck vehicle)

WARNING

● Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

● Do not spin your tires at high speed.This could cause them to explode andresult in serious injury. Parts of your

vehicle could also overheat and bedamaged.

FLAT TOWING

Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on ground is sometimes called flat towing. Tmethod is sometimesused when towinga vehbehind a recreational vehicle, such as a mohome.

CAUTION

● Failure to follow these guidelines cresult in severe transmission damag

● Wh fl t t i hi l



the N (Neutral) position.

● Always release the parking brake.

● Observe the following restricted tow-ing speeds and distances for manualtransmission models only:

Speed: Below 60 MPH (97 km/h)

Distance: Less than 500 miles (805

km)

If the speed or distance must necessarily begreater, remove the propeller shaft before towingto prevent damage to the transmission.

CAUTION

● Tow chains or cables must be attachedonly to the main structural members ofthe vehicle.

● Pulling devices should be routed sothey do not touch any part of the sus-pension, steering, brake or cooling

systems.● Always pull the cable straight out from

the front or rear of the vehicle. Neverpull the vehicle at an angle.

● Pulling devices such as ropes or canvas straps are not recommended for use in vehicle towing or recovery.

● Whenever flat towing your vehicle, ways tow forward, never backward.

Automatic Transmission

CAUTION

● DO NOT tow any automatic transm sion vehicle with all four wheels on t

ground (flat towing). Doing so WDAMAGE internal transmission padue to lack of transmission lubricatio

● For emergency towing procedures reto “Towing Recommended by NISSAearlier in this chapter.


To tow a vehicle equipped with an automatictransmission, an appropriate vehicle dolly MUSTbe placed under the towed vehicle’s drivewheels. Always follow the dolly manufacturer’srecommendations when using their product.

Manual Transmission

● Always tow with the manual transmission inNeutral.

● On four-wheel drive vehicles, place thetransfer case in the 2H range. Failure to doso will cause the powertrain to bind up



so will cause the powertrain to bind up.

● After towing 500 miles, start and idle theengine with the transmission in Neutral fortwo minutes. Failure to idle the engine afterevery 500 miles of towing may cause dam-age to the transmission’s internal parts.


7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Waxing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2

Removing spots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Glass 7 3

Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

Corrosion protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5Most common factors contributing to vehiclecorrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5E i t l f t i fl th t f



Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Aluminum alloy wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Chrome parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

Cleaning interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

Environmental factors influence the rate ofcorrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5To protect your vehicle from corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

In order to maintain the appearance of your ve-hicle, it is important to take proper care of it.

In the following cases, please wash your vehicleas soon as possible to protect the paint surface:

● after a rainfall to prevent possible damagefrom acid rain.

● after driving on coastal roads.

● when contaminants such as soot, bird drop-pings, tree sap, metal particles or bugs geton the paint surface.

CAUTION

● Do not wash the vehicle with stronghousehold soap, strong chemical deter-gents, gasoline or solvents.

● Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun-light or while the vehicle body is hot, asthe surface may become water-spotted.

●

Avoid using tight-napped or roughcloths, such as washing mitts. Caremust be taken when removingcaked-on dirt or other foreign sub-

WAXING

Regular waxing protects the paint surface ahelps retain new vehicle appearance. After wing, polishing is recommended to rembuilt-up residue and to avoid a “weathered” pearance.

A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing proper product.

● Wax your vehicle only after a thorough waing. Follow the instructions supplied with

CLEANING EXTERIOR



o e pa su ace

● when dust or mud builds up on the surface.

Whenever possible, store or park your vehicleinside a garage or in a covered area.

When it is necessary to park outside, park in ashady area or protect the vehicle with a bodycover.

Be careful not to scratch the paint surfacewhen putting on or removing the bodycover.

WASHING

Wash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty ofwater. Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mildsoap, a special vehicle soap or general purposedishwashing liquid mixed with clean, lukewarm(never hot) water.

caked-on dirt or other foreign substances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged.

Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of cleanwater.

Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors,hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable tothe effects of road salt. Therefore, these areasmust be cleaned regularly. Take care that thedrain holes in the lower edge of the door areopen. Spray water under the body and in thewheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash awayroad salt.

A dampchamois can beusedto dry the vehicle toavoid water spots.

wax.

● Do not use a wax containing any abrasivcutting compounds or cleaners that mdamage the vehicle finish.

● If the surface does not polish easily, us“road tar” remover and wax again.

Machine compounding or aggressive polishon a base coat/clear coat paint finish may dullfinish or leave swirl marks.

REMOVING SPOTS

Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, inseand tree sap as quickly as possible from surface of the paint to avoid lasting damagestaining. Special cleaning products are availaat a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessstore.

7-2 Appearance and care

UNDERBODY

In areas where road salt is used in winter, it isnecessary to clean the underbody regularly inorder to prevent dirt and salt from building up andcausing the acceleration of corrosion on the un-derbody and suspension. Before the winter pe-riod and again in the spring, the underseal mustbe checked and, if necessary, retreated.

GLASSUse glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust filmfrom the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to

ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS

Washthe wheels regularly, especially during win-ter months in areas where road salt is used. If notremoved, road salt could discolor the wheels.

CHROME PARTS

Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non-abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish.

Occasionally remove loose dust from the intetrim, plastic parts and seats using a vacucleaner or soft brush. Wipe the vinyl and leatsurfaces with a clean, soft cloth dampenedmild soap solution, then wipe clean with a dsoft cloth. Before using any fabric protector, rthe manufacturer’s recommendations. Some fric protectors containchemicals that may staibleach the seat material.

Use a cloth dampened only with water to clethe meter and gauge lens.

CLEANING INTERIOR



from the glass surfaces. It is normal for glass tobecome coated with a film after the vehicle isparked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a softcloth will easily remove this film.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inside of the windows,do not use sharp-edged tools, abrasive

cleaners or chlorine-based disinfectantcleaners. They could damage the electri-cal conductors, radio antenna elements orrear window defroster elements.

CAUTION

● Never use benzine, thinner or any simlar material.

● The leather seats should be regulacoated with a leather wax like sadd soap. Never use car wax.

● Never use fabric protectors unless reommended by the manufacturer.

● Do not use glass or plastic cleaner meter or gauge lens covers. It may daage the lens cover.

Appearance and care 7

FLOOR MATS

The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can ex-tend the life of your vehicle carpet and make iteasier to clean the interior. No matter whatmats are used, be sure they are fitted foryour vehicle and are properly positioned inthe footwell to prevent interference withpedal operation. Mats should be maintainedwith regular cleaning and replaced if they be-come excessively worn.

SEAT BELTS

The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping thwith a sponge dampened in a mild soap solutAllow the belts to dry completely in the shabefore using them. See “Seat belt maintenanin the“Safety – Seats, seat belts andsupplemtal air bags” section of this manual.

WARNING

Donotallowwetseat belts toroll upin tretractor. NEVER use bleach, dye

h i l l t t l th t b l



Floor mat positioning aid (driver’s sideonly)

This vehicle includes a front floor mat bracket toact as a floor mat positioning aid. NISSAN floor

mats have been specially designed for your ve-hicle model. The driver’s side floor mat has agrommet hole incorporated in it. Position the matby placing the floor mat bracket hook through thefloor mat grommet hole while centering the mat inthe footwell.

Periodically check to make certain the mats areproperly positioned.

chemical solvents to clean the seat bel since these materials may severweaken the seat belt webbing.WAI0006


MOST COMMON FACTORSCONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLECORROSION

1. The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirtand debris in body panel sections, cavities,and other areas.

2. Damage to paint and other protective coat-ings caused by gravel and stone chips orminor traffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORSINFLUENCE THE RATE OF

Temperature

High temperatures accelerate the rate of corro-sion to those parts which are not well ventilated.

Air pollution

Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in the airin coastal areas, or heavy road salt use acceler-ates the corrosion process. Road salt also accel-

erates the disintegration of paint surfaces.

TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLEFROM CORROSION

CAUTION

● NEVER remove dirt, sand or other dbris from the passenger compartmeby washing it out with a hose. Remodirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom

● Never allow water or other liquids come in contact with electronic compnents inside the vehicle as this m

damage them.

Chemicals used for road surface de-icing extremely corrosive They accelerate corros

CORROSION PROTECTION



INFLUENCE THE RATE OFCORROSION

MoistureAccumulation of sand, dirt and water on the ve-hicle body underside can accelerate corrosion.Wet floor coverings will not dry completely insidethe vehicle, and should be removed for drying toavoid floor panel corrosion.

Relative humidityCorrosion will be accelerated:

● in areas of high relative humidity.

● in areas where the temperatures stay abovefreezing.

● where atmospheric pollution exists.

● where road salt is used.

FROM CORROSION

● Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep thevehicle clean.

● Always check for minor damage to the paintand repair it as soon as possible.

● Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors

and tailgate open to avoid water accumula-tion.

● Check the underbody for accumulation ofsand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with wateras soon as possible.

extremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosand deterioration of underbody componesuch as the exhaust system, fuel and brake linbrake cables, floor pan and fenders.

In winter, the underbody must be cleanperiodically.

For additional protection against rust and cosion, which may be required in some areas, csult a NISSAN dealer.

Appearance and care 7

MEMO




8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Maintenance requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

Explanation of general maintenance items . . . . . . . . . 8-2

Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

Spark plugs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-21Replacing spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21

Air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22

In-cabin Microfilter (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23Windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-26

Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26



Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10

Engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11Changing engine oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13

Automatic transmission fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14

Temperature conditions for checking. . . . . . . . . . . . .8-14Power steering fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15Brake and clutch fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16

Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16Clutch fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16

Window washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17Window washer fluid reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17

Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19

Drive belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19

Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26Parking brake and brake pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29

Checking parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29Checking brake pedal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-29Brake booster. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-30

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-31Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31

Keyfob battery replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-32Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-33

Headlights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-33Fog lights (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-34Exterior and interior lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36

Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-40Tire pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-40Types of tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-40Tire chains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-41Changing wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-42

Your new NISSAN has been designed to haveminimum maintenance requirements with longerservice intervals to save you both time andmoney. However, some day-to-day and regularmaintenance is essential to maintain your NIS-SAN’s good mechanical condition, as well as itsemission and engine performance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure thatthe scheduled maintenance, as well as generalmaintenance, is performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only one whocan ensure that your vehicle receives proper

Performing general maintenancechecks requiresminimal mechanical skill and only a few generalautomotive tools.

These checks or inspections canbe done by you,a qualified technician, or, if you prefer, a NISSANdealer.

Where to go for service

If maintenance service is required or your vehicle

appears to malfunction, have the systemschecked and corrected by a NISSAN dealer.

NISSAN technicians are well-trained specialists

During the normal day-to-day operation of vehicle, general maintenance should be pformed regularly as prescribed in this sectioyou detect any unusual sounds, vibrationssmells, be sure to check for the cause or havNISSAN dealer do it promptly. In addition, should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think trepairs are required.

When performing any checks or maintenawork, closely observe the “Maintenance prections” later in this section.

EXPLANATION OF GENERAL

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS GENERAL MAINTENANCE



can ensure that your vehicle receives propermaintenance. You are a vital link in the mainte-nance chain.

Scheduled maintenance

For your convenience, both required and optionalscheduled maintenance items are described andlisted in your “NISSAN Service and Maintenance

Guide.” You must refer to that guide to ensurethat necessarymaintenanceis performedon yourNISSAN at regular intervals.

General maintenance

General maintenance includes those items whichshould be checked during normal day-to-day op-eration of the vehicle. They are essential if yourvehicle is to continue to operate properly. It isyour responsibility to perform these maintenanceprocedures regularly as prescribed.

pwho are kept up-to-date with the latest serviceinformation through technical bulletins, servicetips, and in-dealership training programs. Theyare completely qualified to work on NISSAN ve-hicles before they work on your vehicle, ratherthan after they have worked on it.

You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer’s

service department performs thebest job to meetthe maintenance requirements on your vehicle —in a reliable and economic way.

EXPLANATION OF GENERALMAINTENANCE ITEMS

Additional information on the followitems with “*” is found later in this secti

Outside the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here shouldperformed from time to time, unless otherwspecified.

Doors, engine hood and tailgate Check tthe doors, engine hood and tailgate opeproperly. Also ensure that all latches lock curely. Lubricate hinges, latches, latch pins, rers and links as necessary. Make sure that secondary latch keeps the hood from openwhen the primary latch is released.

8-2 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

When driving in areas using road salt or othercorrosive materials, check lubrication frequently.

Lights* Clean the headlights on a regular basis.Make sure that the headlights, stop lights, taillights, turn signal lights, and other lights are alloperating properly and installed securely. Alsocheck headlight aim.

Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)* When checking

the tires, make sure no wheel nuts are missing,and check for any loose wheel nuts. Tighten ifnecessary.

trips. If necessary, adjust the pressure in all tires,including the spare, to the pressure specified.Check carefully for damage, cuts or excessivewear.

Windshield Clean the windshield on a regularbasis. Check the windshield at least every sixmonths for cracks or other damage. Have a dam-aged windshield repaired by a qualified repairfacility.

Windshield wiper blades* Check for cracks orwear if they do not wipe properly.

vehicle is held securely with the selector levethe P position without applying any brakes.

Brake pedal andbooster* Check thepedasmoothoperation andmake sure it hasthe prodistance under it when depressed fully. Chthebrake booster function.Be certain to keepfloor mat away from the pedal.

Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull

vehicle to one side when applied.Clutch pedal* Make sure the pedal operasmoothly and check that it has the proper f



Tire rotation* Tires should be rotated every7,500 miles (12,000 km).

Tire, wheel alignment and balance If thevehicle should pull to either side while driving ona straight and level road, or if you detect unevenor abnormal tire wear, there may be a need forwheel alignment.

If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normalhighway speeds, wheel balancing may beneeded.

● For additional information regarding tires,refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire SafetyInformation”(Canada)inthe Warranty Information Booklet .

Tires* Check the pressure with a gauge at leastonce a month and always prior to long distance

Inside the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should bechecked on a regular basis, such as when per-forming periodic maintenance, cleaning the ve-hicle, etc.

Additional information on the followingitems with an “*” is found later in this sec-tion.

Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smoothoperation and make sure the pedal does not bindor require uneven effort. Keep the floor mat awayfrom the pedal.

Automatic transmission P (Park) positionmechanism Check that the lock release buttonon the shift selector lever operates properly andsmoothly. On a fairly steep hill check that your

travel.

Parking brake* Check that the pedal has proper travel and confirm that your vehicle is hsecurely on a fairly steep hill with only the parkbrake applied.

Seats Check seat position controls such as s

adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. to ensure toperate smoothly and all latches lock securelevery position. Check that the head restramove up and down smoothly and the locks (ifequipped) hold securely in all latched positio

Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat bsystem (for example, buckles, anchors, adjustand retractors) operate properly and smootand are installed securely. Check the belt wbing for cuts, fraying, wear or damage.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8

Steering wheel Check for changes in the steer-ing system, such as excessive freeplay, hardsteering or strange noises.

Warning lights and chimes Make sure allwarning lights and chimesare operating properly.

Windshield wiper and washer* Check thatthe wipers and washer operate properly and thatthe wipers do not streak.

Windshield defroster Check that the aircomes out of the defroster outlets properly and insufficient quantity when operating the heater orair conditioner

Engine coolant level* Check the coolant levelwhen the engine is cold.

Engine drive belts* Make sure the drive beltsare not frayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level* Check the level after parkingthe vehicle on a level surface with the engine off.Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drainback into the oil pan.

Exhaust system Make sure there are no loosesupports, cracks or holes. If the sound of theexhaust seems unusual or there is a smell ofexhaust fumes immediately have the exhaust

etc., that may have accumulated. Make sure hoses have no cracks, deformation, rot or looconnections.

Underbody The underbody is frequently posed to corrosive substances such as thoused on icy roads or to control dust. It is vimportant to remove these substances from underbody, otherwise rust may form on the flpan, frame, fuel lines and exhaust system. At

end of winter, the underbody should be thoughly flushed with plain water, in those arwhere mud and dirt may have accumulated. Sthe “Appearance and care” section of



air conditioner.

Under the hood and vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should bechecked periodically (for example, each time youcheck the engine oil or refuel).

Automatic transmission fluid level* Check the level after putting the selector lever in P withthe engine idling at operating temperature.

Battery* Check the fluid level in each cell. Itshould be between the MAX and MIN lines. Ve-hicles operated in high temperatures or undersevere conditions require frequent checks of thebattery fluid level.

Brake and clutch fluid levels* Make sure thatthe brake and clutch fluid level is between theMIN and MAX lines on the reservoir.

exhaust fumes, immediately have the exhaustsystem inspected by a NISSAN dealer. See thecarbon monoxide warning in the “Starting anddriving” section of this manual.

Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel, oil,water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle hasbeen parked for a while. Water dripping from theair conditioner after use is normal. If you shouldnotice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident,check for the cause and have it corrected imme-diately.

Power steering fluid level* and lines Check the level when the fluid is cold, with the engineoff. Check the lines for proper attachment, leaks,cracks, etc.

Radiator and hoses Check the front of theradiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves,

the Appearance and care section of manual.

Windshield washer fluid* Check that theradequate fluid in the reservoir.


When performing any inspection or maintenancework on your vehicle, always take care to preventserious accidental injury to yourself or damage tothe vehicle. The following are general precau-tions which should be closely observed.

WARNING

● Park the vehicle on a level surface, ap-ply the parking brake securely and

block the wheels to prevent the vehiclefrom moving. For manual transmissionmodels, move the shift lever to N (Neu-tral) For automatic transmission mod-

● It is advisable to secure or remove anyloose clothing and remove any jewelry, such as rings, watches, etc. beforeworking on your vehicle.

● Always wear eye protection wheneveryou work on your vehicle.

● If you must run the engine in an en-closed space such as a garage, be sure

there is proper ventilation for exhaustgases to escape.

● Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by a jack If it is neces-

CAUTION

● Do not work under the hood while tengine is hot. Turn the engine off await until it cools down.

● Avoid contact with used engine oil acoolant. Improperly disposed engoil, engine coolant and/or other vehicfluids can damage the environment. A

ways conform to local regulations fdisposal of vehicle fluid.

This “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” seci i t ti di l th it

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS



tral). For automatic transmission mod-els, move the selector lever to P (Park).

● Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF orLOCK position when performing anyparts replacement or repairs.

● Never leave the engine or automatictransmission related component har-

nesses disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position.

● Never connect or disconnect thebatteryor any transistorized component whilethe ignition switch is in the ON position.

● If you must work with the engine run-ning, keep your hands, clothing, hairand tools away from moving fans, beltsand any other moving parts.

supported only by a jack. If it is necessary to work under the vehicle, supportit with safety stands.

● Keep smoking materials, flame and sparks away from the fuel tank andbattery.

● On gasoline engine models with the

multiport fuel injection (MFI) system,the fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer becausethe fuel lines are under high pressureeven when the engine is off.

gives instructions regarding only those itewhich are relatively easy for an owner to perfo

A genuine NISSAN service manual is also avable. See “Owner’s Manual/Service Manualder information” in the “Technical and consuminformation” section of this manual.

You should be aware that incomplete or impro

servicing may result in operating difficultiesexcessive emissions, and could affect warracoverage. If in doubt about any servicihave it done by a NISSAN dealer.


KA24DE engine

1. Power steering fluid reservoir2. Automatic transmission fluid dipstick

(A/T model)3. Air cleaner4. Engine oil filler cap5. Engine oil dipstick 6. Brake fluid reservoir

7. Clutch fluid reservoir (M/T model)8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir9. Radiator cap10. Coolant reservoir

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS



10. Coolant reservoir11. Battery

WDI0087


VG33E engine

1. Fuse/fusible link holder2. Power steering fluid reservoir3. Automatic transmission fluid dipstick

(A/T model)4. Brake fluid reservoir5. Clutch fluid reservoir (M/T model)6. Air cleaner

7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir8. Engine oil dipstick 9. Radiator cap10. Engine oil filler cap



g p11. Coolant reservoir12. Battery

WDI0269


VG33ER engine

1. Fuse/fusible link holder2. Power steering fluid reservoir3. Automatic transmission fluid dipstick

(A/T model)4. Supercharger5. Brake fluid reservoir6. Air cleaner

7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir8. Engine oil dipstick 9. Radiator cap10. Engine oil filler cap



g p11. Coolant reservoir12. Battery

WDI0270


The engine cooling system is filled at the factorywith a high-quality, year-round, anti-freeze cool-ant solution. The anti-freeze solution containsrust and corrosion inhibitors; therefore, additionalengine cooling system additives are not neces-sary.

WARNING

● Never remove the radiator cap when the

engine is hot. Wait until the engine andradiator cool down. Serious burnscould be caused by high pressure fluidescaping from the radiator. See precau-

CAUTION

When adding or replacing coolant, be sureto use only a Genuine Nissan Long Life Anti-Freeze Coolant (green) or equivalentwith the proper mixture ratio of 50% anti-freeze and 50% demineralized or distilledwater. The use of other types of coolant solutions or coolant colors, such as or-ange, may damage the engine cooling

system.

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM



p g ptions in “If your vehicle overheats”found in the “In case of emergency” section of this manual.

● The radiator is equipped with a pressure type radiator cap. To prevent en-gine damage, use only a genuineNISSAN radiator cap.

Outside temperaturedown to

GenuineNISSANLong Life

Anti-freezecoolant orequivalent

Demineral-ized or dis-tilled water

°C °F

-35 -30 50% 50%

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANTLEVEL

Check the coolant level in the reservoir whthe engine is cold. If the coolant level is bethe MIN level, add coolant to the MAX level. Ifreservoir is empty, check the coolant level in radiator when the engine is cold. If therinsufficient coolant in the radiator, fill the radiawith coolant up to the filler opening and also ait to the reservoir up to the MAX level.

If the cooling system frequently requicoolant, have it checked by a NISSdealer.

WDI0


CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT

A NISSANdealer canchange theengine coolant.The service procedure can be found in theNISSAN Service Manual.

Improper servicing can result in reducedheater performance and engine overheat-ing.

WARNING● To avoid the danger of being scalded,

never change the coolant when the en-gine is hot.

ENGINE OIL



● Never remove the radiator cap when theengine is hot. Serious burns could becaused by high pressure fluid escapingfrom the radiator.

● Avoid direct skin contact with usedcoolant. If skin contact is made, wash

thoroughly with soap or hand cleaneras soon as possible.

● Keep coolant out of the reach of chil-dren and pets.

Engine coolant must be disposed of properly.Check your local regulations.

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and applythe parking brake.

2. Start the engine and let it idle until it reachesoperating temperature.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait more thanminutes for the oil to drain back ithe oil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.

insert it all the way.5. Remove the dipstick again and check the

level. It should be between the H (High) L (Low) marks. This is the normal operatoil level range. If the oil level is below th(Low) mark, removethe oilfillercap and precommended oil through the opening.not overfill.

KA24DE engine

WDI0272

VG33E/VG33ER engine

WDI02

8-10Maintenance and do-it-yourself



6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during thebreak-in period, depending on the severity

of operating conditions.

CAUTION

Oil level should be checked regularly. Op-erating the engine with an insufficientamount of oil can damage the engine, and such damage is not covered by warranty.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apthe parking brake.

2. Start the engine and let it idle until it reacoperating temperature, then turn it off.

3. Remove the oil filler cap by turning it coterclockwise.

4. Place a large drain pan under the drainp

KA24DE engine

WDI0175

VG33E/VG33ER engine

WDI0274

KA24DE engine

WDI02

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-

● Try to avoid direct skin contact withused oil. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaneras soon as possible.

● Keep used engine oil out of reach ofchildren.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself. Theengineoil may be hot.

● Waste oil must be disposed of prop-erly.

The drain and refill capacity depends on oil temperature and drain time. Use thspecifications for reference only. Alwaysthe dipstick to determine when the proamount of oil is in the engine.

8. Start the engine. Check for leakage arothe drain plug and oil filter. Correct asquired.

9. Turn the engine off and wait more thanminutes. Check theoil level with thedipstAdd engine oil if necessary.



5. Remove the drain plug with a wrench byturning it counterclockwise and completelydrain the oil.

If the oil filter is to be changed, remove and

replace it at this time. See“Changing engineoil filter” later in this section.

WARNING

● Prolonged and repeated contact withused engine oil may cause skin cancer.

erly.

● Check your local regulations.

6. Clean and reinstall the drain plug and a newwasher. Securely tighten the drain plug witha wrench. Do not use excessive force.

Drain plug tightening torque:

22 - 29 ft-lb (29 - 39 N·m)

7. Refill engine with recommended oil throughthe oil filler opening, then install the oil fillercap securely.

See “Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants” in the “Technical and con-sumer information”section of this manual fordrain and refill capacity.

VG33E/VG33ER engine

WDI0276

8-12Maintenance and do-it-yourself

7. Coat the gasket on the new filter with clengine oil.

8. Screw on the oil filter until a slight resistais felt, then tighten an additional 2/3 turn

9. Start the engine and check for leakaround the oil filter. Correct as required.

10. Turn the engine off and wait more thanminutes. Check the oil level. Add engine o

necessary.11. Install the splash shield.



CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and applythe parking brake.

2. Turn the engine off.3. Remove the splash shield.

● Remove the six push pins.

● Remove the six bolts and the splashshield.

4. Place a large drain pan under the oil filter.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself. Theengineoil may be hot.

5. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench.Then remove the oil filter by turning it byhand.

6. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surfacewith a clean rag.

Be sure to remove any old gasket materialremaining on the mounting surface of theengine.

KA24DE engine

WDI0277

VG33E/VG33ER engine

WDI0278


WARNING

● When the engine is running, keephands, jewelry and clothing away fromany moving parts such as the coolingfan and drive belts.

● Automatic transmission fluid is poison-ous and should be stored carefully inmarked containers out of the reach of

children.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID



TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS FORCHECKING

● The fluid level should be checked using theHOT range on thedipstick after thefollowingconditions have been met:

– The engine should be warmed up to op-erating temperature.

– The vehicle should be driven at least 5minutes.

– The automatic transmission fluid shouldbe warmed to 122 - 176°F (50 - 80°C).

● The fluid can be checked at fluid tempetures of 86 - 122°F (30 - 50°C) using COLD range on the dipstick after the engis warmed up and before driving. Howethe fluid should be re-checked using HOT range.

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and the parking brake.

2. Start the engine and then move the sselector lever through each gear range, eing in P (Park).

3. Check the fluid level with the engine idli

KA24DE engine

WDI0279

VG33E/VG33ER engine

WDI02


CAUTION

DO NOT OVERFILL. Use ONLY NISSANMatic Fluid D (Continental U.S. and Alaska) or Canada NISSAN AutomaticTransmission Fluid. Dexron™ III/Mercon™or equivalent may also be used. Outsidethe continental United States and Alaskacontact a NISSAN dealership for more in-formation regarding suitable fluids, in-

cluding recommended brand(s) ofDexron™ III/Mercon™ automatic trans-mission fluid.

NOTE:

POWER STEERING FLUID



4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean withlint-free paper.

5. Reinsert the dipstick into the dipstick tubeas far as it will go.

6. Remove the dipstick and note the reading. Ifthe automatic transmission fluid level iswithin the normal operating range ᭺B , noadditional fluid is required. If the fluid level islow᭺ A add fluid through the dipstick tube.

NOTE:

If the vehicle has been driven for a longtime at high speeds, or in city traffic in hotweather, or if it is being used to pull atrailer, the fluid level cannot be read accu-rately. You should wait until the fluid hascooled down (about 30 minutes) before

checking fluid level.

The fluid level should be checked using the HMAX range on the power steering fluid reserat fluid temperatures of 122° - 176°F (5080°C) or using the COLD MAX range on power steering fluid reservoir at fluid tempetures of 32° - 86°F (0° - 30°C).

If the fluid is below the MIN line, add GenuNISSAN PSF fluid. Remove the cap andthrough the opening.

CAUTION

● DO NOT OVERFILL.

● Recommended fluid is GenuiNISSAN PSF or equivalent.

WDI0281 WDI0

Maintenance and do-it-yourself8-

For further brake and clutch fluid specificationinformation, refer to “Capacities and recom-mended fuel/lubricants” in the “Technical andconsumer information” section of this manual.

WARNING

Use only new fluid from a sealed con-tainer. Old, inferior or contaminated fluidmay damage the brake and clutch sys-

tems. The use of improper fluids can dam-age the brake system and affect the vehi-cle’s stopping ability.

CAUTIONWDI0283 WDI0

BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID



CAUTION

Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur-faces. This will damage the paint. If fluid is spilled, immediately wash the surfacewith water.

BRAKE FLUID

Check the brake fluid level in the reservoir. If thefluid level is below the MIN line or the brakewarning light comes on, add Genuine NISSANSuper Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT

3 fluid up to the MAX line. If fluid must be addedfrequently, the system should be checked by aNISSAN dealer.

CLUTCH FLUID

Check the clutch fluid level in the reser(manual transmissions only). If the fluid levebelow the MIN line, add Genuine NISSAN SuHeavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 f

up to the MAX line. If fluid must be added fquently, the system should be checked bNISSAN dealer.

For further brake and clutch fluid specificatinformation, refer to “Capacities and recomended fuel/lubricants” in the “Technical consumer information” section of this manua

WDI0283 WDI0


WARNING

Use only new fluid from a sealed con-tainer. Old, inferior or contaminated fluidmay damage the brake and clutch sys-tems. The use of improper fluids can dam-age the brake system and affect the vehi-cle’s stopping ability.

CAUTION

Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur-faces. This will damage the paint. If fluid is spilled, immediately wash the surfacewith water.

Refill the reservoir more frequently when drivconditions require an increased amount of wdow washer fluid.

CAUTION

● Do not substitute engine anti-freecoolant for window washer solutioThis may result in damage to the pai

● Do not fill the window washer reserv

tank with washer fluid concentratesfull strength. Some methyl alcohbased washer fluid concentrates mpermanently stain the grille if spilwhile filling the window washer resWDI0285

WINDOW WASHER FLUID



WINDOW WASHER FLUIDRESERVOIR

Fill the window washer fluidreservoir periodically.Add window washer fluid when the light comeson (if so equipped).

To fill the window washer fluid reservoir, lift thecap off the reservoir tank and pour the windowwasher fluid into the tank opening.

Add a washer solvent to the washer for bettercleaning. In the winter season, add a windshieldwasher antifreeze. Follow the manufacturer’s in-structions for the mixture ratio.

while filling the window washer res voir tank.

● Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates wwater to the manufacturer’s recomended levels before pouring the fluinto the window washer reservoir taDo not usethe window washer reserv

tank to mix the washer fluid concetrate and water.

WDI0285


● Keep the battery surface clean and dry. Anycorrosion should be washed off with a solu-tion of baking soda and water.

● Make certain the terminal connections areclean and securely tightened.

● If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days orlonger, disconnect the negative (-) batteryterminal cable to prevent discharge.

WARNING

● Do not expose the battery to flames orelectrical sparks. Hydrogen gas gener-ated by the battery is explosive. Do not

● When working on or near a battery, al-ways wear suitable eye protection andremove all jewelry.

● Battery posts, terminals and related ac-cessories contain lead and lead com-pounds. Wash hands after handling.

● Keep battery out of the reach ofchildren.

WDI0

BATTERY



ated by the battery is explosive. Do notallow battery fluid to contact your skin,eyes, fabrics or painted surfaces. Aftertouching a battery or battery cap, do nottouch or rub your eyes. Thoroughlywash your hands. If the acid contactsyour eyes, skin or clothing, immediately

flush with water for at least 15 minutesand seek medical attention.

● Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid inthe battery is low. Low battery fluid cancause a higher load on the batterywhich can generate heat, reduce bat-tery life, and in some cases lead to anexplosion.

1. Remove the battery caps with a screwdras shown. Use a cloth to protect the battcase.

WDI0


Vehicles operated in high temperatures or undersevere conditions require frequent checks of thebattery fluid level.

JUMP STARTING

If jump starting is necessary, see “Jump starting”in the “In case of emergency” section of thismanual. If the engine does not start by jumpstarting, the battery may have to be replaced.Contact a NISSAN dealer.

WDI02

DRIVE BELTS



2. Check the fluid level in each cell If it isnecessary to add fluid, add only distilledwater to bring the level up to the bottom ofthe filler opening. Do not overfill.

1 Crankshaft2 Water pump3 Generator4 Air conditioner compressor

5 Power steering fluid pump: Tension checking points

WARNING

Be sure the ignition key is in the OFFLOCK position. The engine could rotaunexpectedly.

LDI0302

KA24DE engine

WDI02


1. Visually inspect each belt for signs of un-usual wear, cuts, fraying or looseness. If thebelt is in poor condition or is loose, have itreplaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer.

2. Have the belts checked regularly for condi-tion and tension in accordance with themaintenance schedule found in the“NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide”.

WDI0287 WDI02



1 Crankshaft2 Water pump3 Alternator4 Air conditioner compressor

5 Power steering fluid pump: Tension checking points

1 Crankshaft2 Water pump3 Generator4 Air conditioner compressor

5 Power steering pump6 Supercharger7 Idler

: Tension checking points

VG33E engine VG33ER engine


WARNING

Be sure the engine and ignition switch areoff and that the parking brake is engaged securely.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket to re-move the spark plugs. An incorrect socket

can damage the spark plugs.

WDI0005 WDI01

SPARK PLUGS



REPLACING SPARK PLUGS

Platinum-tipped spark plugs

It is not necessary to replace platinum-tippedspark plugs as frequently as conventional type

spark plugs because they last much longer. Fol-low the maintenance schedule, but do not reusethe spark plugs by cleaning or regapping.

● Always replace spark plugs with rec-ommended or equivalent ones.

Except supercharger

1. Disconnect the spark plug cables.

When disconnecting, always hold

boots — not the cables. Mark all cabto identify their original location.

2. Remove the spark plugs with a spark psocket.

The plug socket has a rubber seal that hothe spark plug so it does not fall when pulled out. Make sure each spark plugsnugly fitted into the spark plug socket.

KA24DE engine


Spark plug tightening torque:

14 - 22 ft-lb (20 - 29 N·m)

4. Reconnect the spark plug cables to theiroriginal positions.

With Supercharger

If replacement is required, please see yourNISSAN dealer for assistance.

WDI0

AIR CLEANER



3. Fit the new plugs, one at a time, into thespark plug socket and install them. Useonly the specified spark plugs. Turneach plug several full turns by hand, thentighten with the spark plug socket to thecorrect torque. Do not overtighten.

The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned areused. Replace it according to the maintenanintervals shown in the “NISSAN Service Maintenance Guide.” When replacing the fiwipe the inside of the air cleaner filter hous

and the cover with a damp cloth.

VG33E/VG33ER engineWDI0289


● Never pour fuel into the throttle body orattempt to start the engine with the aircleaner removed. Doing so could resultin serious injury.

IN-CABIN MICROFILTER (if soequipped)

The in-cabin microfilter restricts the entry of air-borne dust and pollen particles and reduces

some objectionable outside odors. The filter islocated behind the glove box. Refer to the“NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide” forchange intervals.

To change the filter, perform the following proce-WDI0291 WDI0



WARNING

● Operating the engine with the aircleaner removed can cause you or oth-ers to be burned. The air cleaner notonly cleans the air, it stops the flame if

the engine backfires. If it isn’t there, andthe engine backfires, you could beburned. Do not drivewiththe air cleanerremoved, and be careful when workingon the engine with the air cleanerremoved.

To change the filter, perform the following procedure: 1. Pivot pins

2. Glove box

1. Remove the two pivot pins from the glbox. Remove the glove box.

CAUTIONDo not disturb the front of the air bmodule.


WDI0316 WDI0317 WDI0



1. Reinforcement panel2. Cooling unit3. Screws4. Clip

2. Remove the 7 screws and 1 clip from the

glove box frame. Remove the glove boxframe.

1. Colling unit2. Clip

3. Remove the clip securing the filters in theintake unit.

1. Cooling unit2. Filter

4. Remove the filters.

NOTE:

The filters must be aligned with the plashook at the bottom.

5. Insert the first filter in the bottom positSlide it up to the top position and insert second filter in the bottom position.

6. Secure the filter with the clip.

7. Install the glove box frame.

8. Install the glove box.


WDI0319



1. Glove box2. Label (small)3. Label (large)

9. Fill out the date information on the smalllabel. Attach the small and large labels to the

glove box lid.


WDI0

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES



CLEANING

If your windshield is not clear after using thewindshield washer or if a wiper blade chatterswhen running, wax or other material may be onthe blade or windshield.

Clean theoutside of thewindshield with a washersolution or a mild detergent. Your windshield isclean if beads do not formwhenrinsingwithclearwater.

Clean eachblade bywiping it with a cloth soakedin a washer solution or a mild detergent. Thenrinse the blades with clear water. If your wind-shield is still not clear after cleaning the bladesand using the wiper, replace the blades.

CAUTION

Worn windshield wiper blades can dam-age the windshield and impair driver vision.

REPLACINGReplace the wiper blades if they are worn.

᭺1 Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield.

᭺2 Push the release tab, then move the wiperblade down the wiper arm to remove.

᭺3 Remove the wiper blade.

4. Insert the new wiper blade onto the warm until it clicks into place.

CAUTION

● After wiper blade replacement, retuthe wiper arm to its original positiootherwise it may be damaged when thood is opened.

● Make sure the wiper blades contact tglass; otherwise the arms may be daaged from wind pressure.




If you wax the surface of the hood, be careful notto let wax get into the washernozzle᭺1 . Thismaycause clogging or improper windshield washeroperation. If wax gets into the nozzle, remove itwith a needle or small pin᭺2 .

WDI0195


R i d i bl d

WDI0



Rear window wiper blade

᭺1 Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield.

᭺2 Push the wiper blade in and pivot until theblade becomes free.

᭺3 Insert a new blade onto the wiper arm andsnap into place.


CHECKING PARKING BRAKE CHECKING BRAKE PEDAL

Self-adjusting brakes

Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjusbrakes.

The front disc-type brakes self-adjust every tthe brake pedal is applied. The rear drum-tbrakes on two-wheel drive vehicles self-adjevery time the parking brake is applied. The rdrum-type brakes on four-wheel drive vehicself-adjust every time the brake pedal is applIf the brake pedal goes down farther than normit may be due to lack of adjustment of the rdrum brakes. Apply the parking brake sevetimes.WDI0293 WDI0197

PARKING BRAKE AND BRAKE PEDAL



CHECKING PARKING BRAKE

From the released position, firmly push the park-ing brake down. If the number of clicks is out ofthe range listed, see a NISSAN dealer.

● 6–7 clicks under depressing force of 44 lb

(196 N).

CHECKING BRAKE PEDAL

With the engine running, check the distance Abetween the upper surface of the pedal and themetal floor. If it is out of the range shown, see aNISSAN dealer.

Distance A: Under depressing force of 110lb (490 N)

AutomaticTransmission

ManualTransmission

4 1/4 in (110 mm) 4 in (100 mm)

WARNING

If the brake pedal height does not retuto normal, see a NISSAN dealer and hait checked.

Brake pad wear indicatorsThe disc brake pads on your vehicle have audwear indicators. When a brake pad requiresplacement, a high pitched scraping or screeing sound will be heard when the vehicle ismotion. Thenoisewill be heard whether or notbrake pedal is depressed. Have the brachecked as soon as possible if the wear indicsound is heard.


Under some driving or climate conditions, occa-sional brake squeak, squeal or other noise maybe heard. Occasional brake noise during light tomoderate stops is normal and does not affect thefunction or performance of the brake system.

The rear drum brakes (if so equipped) do nothave audible wear indicators. Should you everhear an unusually loud noise from the rear drumbrakes, have them inspected as soon as possible

by a NISSAN dealer.Proper brake inspection intervals shouldbe followed. For more information regardingbrake inspections, see the appropriate mainte-nance schedule information in the “NISSAN Ser-

i d M i G id ”

3. With the brake pedal depressed, stop theengine. Keep the pedal depressed for about30 seconds. The pedal height should notchange.

4. Run the engine for one minute without de-pressing the brake pedal, then turn it off.Depress the brake pedal several times. Thepedal travel distance will decrease graduallywith each depression as the vacuum is re-leased from the booster.

If the brakes do not operate properly, have thebrakes checked by a NISSAN dealer.



vice and Maintenance Guide”.

BRAKE BOOSTER

Check the brake booster function as follows:

1. With the engine off, press and release the

brake pedal several times. When brakepedal movement (distance of travel) remainsthe same from one pedal application to thenext, continue on to the next step.

2. While depressing the brake pedal, start theengine. The pedal height should drop a little.


1 Fuse box 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight

WDI0

FUSES



1. Fuse box2. Spare fuses3. Fuse puller

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher amperagerating than specified on the fuse boxcover. This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and the headlightswitch are OFF.

2. Pull the fuse box cover to remove᭺ A .

3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller᭺B .


4. If the fuse is open, replace it with a known

WDI0200

KEYFOB BATTERY REPLACEMENT



4. If the fuse is open, replace it with a knowngood fuse.

5. Push the fuse box cover to install.

6. If a new fuse also opens, have the electricalsystem checked and repaired by a NISSAN

dealer.

Replace the battery in the keyfob as follows:

᭺1 Open the lid using a coin.

᭺2 Remove the battery.

᭺3 Install a new battery with the “+” facingdown.

Recommended battery: Toshiba CR2025equivalent.

᭺4 Close the lid securely.

WPD0


5. Press the button, then thebutton two or three times to check the key-fob operation.

If the battery is removed for any reasonother than replacement, perform step 5.

● An improperly disposed battery canhurt the environment. Always confirmlocal regulations for battery disposal.

● The keyfob is water-resistant; how-

ever, if it does get wet, immediatelywipe completely dry.

● The operational range of the keyfobextends to approximately 33 ft (10 m)from the vehicle. This range may vary

ith diti

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not causeharmful interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference received, in-cluding interference that may cause undes-ired operation of the device.

HEADLIGHTS

The headlight is a semi-sealed beam type whuses a replaceable headlight (halogen) bulbbulb can be replaced from inside the engcompartment without removing the headlight sembly.

CAUTION

● High pressure halogen gas is seal

inside the halogen bulb. The bulb mbreak if the glass envelope is scratchor the bulb is dropped.

● When handling the bulb, do not touthe glass envelope.

LIGHTS



with conditions.

FCC Notice:Changes or modifications not expressly ap-proved by the manufacturer for compliancecould void the user’s authority to operate

the equipment.This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of IndustryCanada.

● DO NOT TOUCH THE BULB

● Use the same number and wattage originally installed:

Wattage 65/55Bulb No. HB5/9007*

*: Always check with the Parts Depament at a NISSAN dealer for the lateparts information.

● Do not leave the bulb out of the healight reflector for a long period of timas dust, moisture and smoke may entthe headlight body and affect the peformance of the headlight.


● Aiming is not necessary after replacingthe bulb. When aiming adjustment isnecessary, contact a NISSAN dealer.

4. Turn the bulb retaining ring counterclowise until it is free form the headlight refltor and then remove it᭺ A .

5. Carefully remove the headlight bulb. Doshake or rotate the bulb when removin᭺B .

Replacing the headlight bulb

1. Insert the bulb.

DO NOT TOUCH THE BULB.2. Install and tighten the bulb retainer.

● Be sure the lip of the bulb socket ctacts the headlight body.

3 Push the electrical connector into the b



Removing the headlight bulb

1. Open the hood.

2. Disconnect the negative (-) battery cable.

3. Disconnect the electrical connectorfrom therear end of the bulb.

3. Push the electrical connector into the bplastic base until it snaps and stops.

4. Connect the negative (-) battery cable.

5. Close the hood.

FOG LIGHTS (if so equipped)Replacing the fog light bulb

CAUTION

● High pressure halogen gas is sealinside the halogen bulb. The bulb mbreak if the glass envelope is scratchor the bulb is dropped.

WDI0294


● When handling the bulb, do not touchthe glass envelope.

1. Disconnect the negative (-) battery cable.

2. Unclip the two metal clips on the side of thefog light.

3. Pull out and support the fog light assembly.

4. Disconnect the fog light bulb connector.

5. Lift the spring retainer.6. Remove the fog light bulb from housing.

● The fog light bulb cannot be separatedfrom the wire and is serviced as an as-sembly.



7. Install the new bulb in the reverse order ofremoval. DO NOT TOUCH THE BULB.

WDI0204


EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.*1

Headlight 65/55 9007

Turn signal light 28/8 3457AK*2

Parking light 5 168*2

Side marker 5 168

Rear combination light

Turn signal 27 3157Ak

Stop/Tail 27/7 3057k

Back-up 16 921

License plate light 3.8 168

Fog light 55 H3

D li h 8 82



Dome light 8 82

Map light without compass 8 82

Map light with compass 3.8 168

High-mounted stop light 12.8 912

*1

: Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information.*2: The bulb is not serviceable in-vehicle. See a NISSAN dealer for assistance.

Replacement procedures

All other lights are either type A, B, C or D. Wreplacing a bulb, first remove the lensand/orco

: Indicates bulb removal

: Indicates bulb installation

WDI0


Map light

WDI0309

Dome light

WDI0310




High-mounted stop light

WDI0311

License plate light

WDI03




Rear combination light

WDI0313

Side marker light

WDI03




If you have a flat tire, see the “In case ofemergency” section in this manual

COLD. Tires are considered COLD after thevehicle has been parked for three or more hours,or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderatespeeds. COLD tire pressures are shown on thetire placard affixed to the inside of the glove boxlid.

WARNING

● Improperly inflated tires can fail sud-denly and cause an accident.

● The vehicle weight capacity is indicatedon the F.M.V.S.S. certification label. Donot load your vehicle beyond this ca-pacity. Overloading your vehicle mayresult in reduced tire life, unsafe oper-ating conditions due to premature tire

● Do not drive your vehicle over 85 MP(137 km/h) unless it is equipped whigh speed rated tires. Driving fasthan 85 MPH (137 km/h) may resulttire failure, loss of control and possibinjury.

● For additional information regarditires, refer to Important Tire Safety formation (US) or Tire Safety Informtion (Canada) in the Warranty Inform

tion Booklet.

TYPES OF TIRES

WARNING

● When changing or replacing tires,

WDI0210

WHEELS AND TIRES



emergency” section in this manual.

TIRE PRESSURE

Maximum inflation pressure

Do not exceed the maximum inflation pressuresshown on the sidewall of the tire᭺1 .

Tire inflation pressure

Check the tire pressure (including the spare) atleast once a month and always prior to longdistance trips. Incorrect tire pressure may ad-versely affect tire life and vehicle handling. Tirepressure should be checked when tires are

ating conditions due to premature tirefailure, or unfavorable handling charac-teristics and could also lead to a seri-ous accident. Loading beyond the specified capacity may also result infailure of other vehicle components.

● Before taking a long trip, or wheneveryou heavily load your vehicle, use a tirepressure gauge to ensure that the tirepressures are at the specified level.

● When changing or replacing tires, sure all four tires are of the same ty(i.e., Summer, All Season or Snow) aconstruction. A NISSAN dealer may able to help you with information abotire type, size, speed rating and avaability. Replacement tires may havelower speed rating than the factoequipped tires, and may not match tpotential maximum vehicle speeNever exceed the maximum speed ring of the tire.


● For additional information regardingtires, refer to Important Tire Safety In-formation (US) or Tire Safety Informa-tion (Canada) in the Warranty Informa-tion Booklet.

All season tires

NISSANspecifies AllSeason tires on some mod-els to provide good performance all year, includ-ing snowy and icy road conditions. All Seasontires are identified by ALL SEASON and/or M&Son the tire sidewall. Snow tires have better snowtraction than All Season tires and may be moreappropriate in some areas.

Summer tires

original equipment tires. If you do not, it canadversely affect the safety and handling of yourvehicle.

Generally, snow tires have lower speed ratingsthan factory equipped tires and may not matchthe potential maximum vehicle speed. Never ex-ceed the maximum speed rating of the tire.

If you install snow tires, they must be the samesize, brand, construction and tread pattern on all

four wheels.For additional traction on icy roads, studded tiresmay be used. However, some U.S. states andCanadian provinces prohibit their use. Check local, state and provincial laws before installingstudded tires. Skid and traction capabilities of

the tire and the closest vehicle suspensionbody component required to accommodate use of a winter traction device (tire chainscables). The minimum clearancesare determiusing the factory equipped tire size. Other tymay damage your vehicle. Use chain tensionwhen recommended by the tire chain manufturer to ensure a tight fit. Loose end links of tire chain must be secured or removed to prevthe possibility of whipping action damage to fenders or underbody. If possible,avoid fully loing your vehicle when using tire chains. In adtion, drive at a reduced speed. Otherwise, yvehicle may be damaged and/or vehicle handand performance may be adversely affected.

Tire chains must be installed only on trear wheels and not on the front wheels



NISSAN specifies summer tires on some modelsto provide superior performance on dry roads.Summer tire performance is substantially re-duced in snow and ice. Summer tires do not have

the tire traction rating “M&S”on the tire sidewall.If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icyconditions, NISSAN recommends the use ofSNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all fourwheels.

Snow tires

If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to selecttires equivalent in size and load rating to the

pstudded snowtires onwet ordry surfacesmay bepoorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

TIRE CHAINS

Use of tire chains may be prohibited according tolocation. Check the local laws before installingtire chains. When installing tire chains, make surethey are the proper size for the tires on yourvehicle and are installed according to the chainmanufacturer’s suggestions. Use only SAEclass “S” chains. Class ЉSЉ chains are used onvehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance.Vehicles that can use Class “S” chains are de-signed to meet the minimum clearances between

rear wheels and not on the front wheels

Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY UONLY spare tire.

Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Driving w

chains in such conditions can cause damagethe various mechanisms of the vehicle duesome overstress.

Use only the 2WD range when driving on clpaved roads.


CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES

The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specifications at all times. It is recom-mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each tir e r otation interval.

WARNING

● After rotating the tires, check and ad-just the tire pressure.

● Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve-hicle has been driven for 600 miles(1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire,etc.).

● Do not include the spare tire in the tirerotation.

● For additional information regardingti f t I t t Ti S f t I

1. Wear indicator2 Location mark

WDI0258 WDI0



Tire rotation

NISSAN recommends rotating the tires every7,500 miles (12,000 km).

See “Flat tire” in the “In case of emergency”section in this manual for tire replacing proce-dures.

As soon as possible, tighten the wheel nutsto the specified torque with a torquewrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:

98 ft-lb (133 N·m)

tires, refer to Important Tire Safety In-formation (US) or Tire Safety Informa-tion (Canada) in the Warranty Informa-tion Booklet.

2. Location mark

Tire wear and damage

WARNING

● Tires should be periodically inspectfor wear, cracking, bulging or objeccaught in the tread. If excessive wecracks, bulging or deep cuts are founthe tire(s) should be replaced.


● The original tires have built-in treadwear indicators. When the wear indica-tors are visible, the tire(s) should bereplaced.

● Improper service of the spare tire mayresult in serious personal injury. If it isnecessary to repair the spare tire, con-tact a NISSAN dealer.

● For additional information regarding

tires, refer to Important Tire Safety In-formation (US) or Tire Safety Informa-tion (Canada) in the Warranty Informa-tion Booklet.

Replacing wheels and tires

When replacing a tire use the same size tread

WARNING

● The use of tires other than those recom-mended or the mixed use of tires ofdifferent brands, construction (bias,bias-belted or radial), or tread patternscan adversely affect the ride, braking,handling, ground clearance, body-to-tire clearance, tire chain clearance, speedometer calibration, headlight aimand bumper height. Some of these ef-

fects may lead to accidents and couldresult in serious personal injury.

● If the wheels are changed for any reason, always replace with wheels whichhave the same off-set dimension.Wheels of a different off-set could

● When a spare tire is mounted or a wheis replaced, the low tire pressure waing system will not function. Contayour NISSAN dealer as soon as po sible for tire replacement and/or stem resetting (for models with the lotire pressure warning system).

● Do not install a deformed wheel or teven if it has been repaired. Suwheels or tires could have structu

damage and could fail without warnin

● The use of retread tires is nrecommended.

● For additional information regarditires, refer to Important Tire Safety formation (US) or Tire Safety Inform



When replacing a tire, use the same size, treaddesign, speed rating and load carrying capacityas originally equipped. Recommended types andsizes are shown in “Wheels/tire size” in the“Technical and consumer information” section of

this manual.

cause premature tire wear, degrade ve-hicle handling characteristics and/orinterference with the brakediscs/drums. Such interference canlead to decreased braking efficiencyand/or early brake pad/shoe wear. Re-fer to “Wheel/tire size” in the “Techni-cal and consumer information” sectionof this manual for wheel off-setdimensions.

formation (US) or Tire Safety Informtion (Canada) in the Warranty Informtion Booklet.


Four-wheel drive models

CAUTION

Always use tires of the same type, size,brand, construction (bias, bias-belted orradial), and tread pattern on all fourwheels. Failure to do so may result in acircumference difference between tireson the front and rear axles which willcause excessive tire wear and may dam-

age the transmission, transfer case anddifferential gears.

If excessive tire wear is found, it is recommendedthat all four tires be replaced with tires of thesame size, brand, construction and tread pattern.The tire pressure and wheel alignment should

● For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” (US) or “Tire Safety Infor-mation” (Canada) in the Warranty In-formation Booklet .

Care of wheels

● Wash the wheels when washing the vehicleto maintain their appearance.

● Clean the inner side of the wheels when the

wheel is changed or the underside of thevehicle is washed.

● Do not use abrasive cleaners when washingthe wheels.

● Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents orcorrosion Such damage may cause loss of



e e p essu e a d ee a g e s ou dalso be checked and corrected as necessary.Contact a NISSAN dealer.

Wheel balance

Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handlingandtire life. Even with regular use, wheelscan getout of balance. Therefore, they should be bal-anced as required.

Wheel balance service should be per-formed with the wheels off the vehicle.Spin balancing the wheels on the vehiclecould lead to mechanical damage.

corrosion. Such damage may cause loss ofpressure or poor seal at the tire bead.

● NISSAN recommends waxing the roadwheels to protect against road salt in areaswhere it is used during winter.


9 Technical and consumer information

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . 9-2Fuel recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Engine oil and oil filter recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Recommended SAE viscosity number . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6

Air conditioner system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6

Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9

Wh t li i t i hi l i

Installing front license plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13Vehicle loading information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13

Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-13Determining vehicle load capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14

Securing the load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-14Loading tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15Payload weight capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-15Measurement of weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16

Towing a trailer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-17Maximum load limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17



When traveling or registering your vehicle inanother country . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10

Vehicle identification number (VIN) plate . . . . . . . . .9-10Vehicle identification number(chassis number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10Engine serial number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11F.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11Emission control information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12Tire placard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12Air conditioner specification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12

Towing load/specification chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19Towing safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20

Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23Emission control system warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24Reporting safety defects (US only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M) test . . . . .9-25

Dynamometer testing for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test (US only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26

Owner’s manual/service manual order information . . . .9-27In the event of a collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedudescribed in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Capacity (Approximate)

USmeasure

Imp measure Liter Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

Fuelwithout supercharger 19–3/8 gal 16–1/8 gal 73.4 Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI (RON 91)*1

with supercharger 19–3/8 gal 16–1/8 gal 73.4 Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI (RON 96)*1

Engine oilDrain and Refill

KA24DE With oil filter 3–3/4 qt 3–1/8 qt 3.5 • API Certification Mark *2• API grade SG/SH, Energy Conserving II or API grade SJ or SL, Energy Conserving *2• ILSAC grade GF-II & GF-III

Without oil filter 3–1/2 qt 2–7/8 qt 3.3

VG33E/VG33ER With oil filter 3–1/2 qt 2–7/8 qt 3.3

Without oil filter 3–1/8 qt 2–5/8 qt 3.0

Cooling system (with heater and reservoir tank)KA24DE M/T 4X2 7–3/4 qt 6–3/8 qt 7.3 50% Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti-freeze Coolant or equivalent

50% Demineralized or distilled waterVG33E/VG33ER A/T & M/T 11–5/8 qt 9–5/8 qt 10.95

Manual transmission gear oilKA24DE 4X2 4–1/4 pt 3–1/2 pt 2.0

API GL-4, Viscosity SAE 75W-85VG33E/VG33ER 4X2 5–7/8 pt 4–7/8 pt 2.8

4X4 10–3/4 pt 9 pt 5.1

Final drive gear oilKA24DE 4X2 M/T 2–3/4 pt 2–1/4 pt 1.3

CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDEDFUEL/LUBRICANTS



p p

API GL-5, Viscosity SAE 80W-90*1 or 80W-90 LS*1 for Limited Slip Differential (LSD) applicationsVG33E/VG33ER 4X4 Front 3–3/4 pt 3–1/8 pt 1.75

Rear 5–7/8 pt 4–7/8 pt 2.8

Transfer fluid 2 –3 /8 qt 2 qt 2 .2 API G L-4, V is cosi ty SAE 7 5W-8 5 or 7 5W-9 0 or N ISSAN M atic F luid D (Continenta l U.S. a nd Ala skCanada NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid.*3

Automatic transmission fluidRefill to the proper level according to the instructions in the

“Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

NISSAN Matic Fluid D (Continental U.S. and Alaska) or Canada NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fl

Power steering fluid (PSF) Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent.*6

Brake and clutch fluid Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*4 or equivalent Dot 3 (US FMVSS No. 116)

Multi-purpose grease — — — NLGI No. 2 (Lithium Complex)

Air conditioning system refrigerant lb (kg) 1.32 – 1.54 (0.60 – 0.70) HFC-134a (R-134a)*5

Air conditioning system lubricant 6.8 oz 7.0 oz 200 ml NISSAN A/C System Oil Type R or equivalent*5

Winshield washer fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Anti-freeze

*1: For hot climates, viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 0 ° (32° F).*2: Contact your NISSAN dealer for a list of approved oils.*3: Dexron™ III/Mercon™ or equivalent may also be used. Outside the Continental United States and Alaska contact a NISSAN dealer for more information regarding suitable fluids, including recommended brand(s) of Dexron™ III/Mercon™ AutomTransmission Fluid.*4: Available in mainland USA through your NISSAN dealer.*5: For further details, see “Air conditioner specification label.”*6: For Canada, NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF), Dexron™ III/Mercon™, or equivalent ATF may also be used.

9-2 Technical and consumer information

FUEL RECOMMENDATION

For 2.4L/3.3L engine

Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octanerating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) num-ber (Research octane number 91).

For 3.3L supercharger

Use unleaded premium gasoline with an octanerating of at least 91 AKI number (Research oc-

tane number 96).If unleaded premium gasoline is not available,unleaded regular gasoline with an octane ratingof at least 87 AKI (Research octane number 91)canbe used, but only under thefollowingprecau-tions:

CAUTION

Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emission con-trol system, and may also affect the war-ranty coverage.

Under no circumstances should a leadedgasoline be used, because this will dam-age the three-way catalyst.

Reformulated gasolineSome fuel suppliers are now producing reformu-lated gasolines. These gasolines are speciallydesigned to reduce vehicle emissions. NISSANsupports efforts towards cleaner air and sug-gests that you use reformulated gasoline whenavailable

fuels may cause vehicle performance probleand/or fuel system damage.

● The fuel should be unleaded and haan octane rating no lower than trecommended for unleaded gasolin

● If an oxygenate-blend other thmethanol blend is used, it should cotain no more than 10% oxygena(MTBE may, however, be added up

15%.)● If a methanol blend is used, it sho

contain no more than 5% metha(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). should also contain a suitable amoof appropriate cosolvents and cor sion inhibitors. If not properly form



● have the fuel tank filled only partially withunleaded regular gasoline, and fill up withunleaded premium as soon as possible.

●avoid full throttle driving and abrupt accel-eration

However, for maximum vehicle perfor-mance, the use of unleaded premium gaso-line is recommended.

available.

Gasoline containing oxygenates

Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxy-genates such as ethanol, MTBE and methanolwith or without advertising their presence.NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels ofwhich the oxygenate content and the fuel com-patibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily de-termined. If in doubt, ask your service stationmanager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, please takethe following precautions as the usage of such

p p ylated with appropriate cosolvents acorrosion inhibitors, such methablends may cause fuel system damaand/or vehicle performance proble

At this time, sufficient data is not avable to ensure that all methanol blenare suitable for use in NISSAN hicles.

If any driveability problems such as engine sting and difficult hot-starting are experienced ausing oxygenate-blend fuels, immediachange to a non-oxygenate fuel or a fuel witlow blend of MTBE.

Technical and consumer information 9

Take care not to spill gasoline during refu-eling. Gasoline containing oxygenates cancause paint damage.

Aftermarket fuel additives

NISSAN does not recommend the use of any fueladditives (for example, fuel injector cleaner, oc-tane booster, intake valve deposit removers, etc.)which are sold commercially. Many of these ad-ditives intended for gum, varnish or deposit re-

moval may contain active solvents or similar in-gredients that can be harmful to the fuel systemand engine.

Octane rating tips

In most parts of North America, you should useunleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at

knock” is a metallic rapping noise.) If severe, this can lead to engine damage. If youdetect a persistent heavy spark knock evenwhen using gasoline of the stated octanerating, or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on levelroads, have a NISSAN dealer correct thecondition. Failure to correct the conditionis misuse of the vehicle, for which NISSANis not responsible.

Incorrect ignition timing may result in spark knock, after-run and/or overheating, which maycause excessive fuel consumption or enginedamage. If any of the above symptoms are en-countered, have your vehicle checked at aNISSAN dealer.

However, now and then you may notice



g gleast 87 (except supercharger) or 91 (super-charger ) AKI (Anti-Knock Index). However, youmay use unleaded gasoline with an octane ratingas low as 85 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number in

high altitude areas [over 4,000 ft (1,219 m)] suchas: Colorado, Montana, New Mexico, Utah, Wyo-ming, northeastern Nevada, southern Idaho,western South Dakota, western Nebraska, andthe part of Texas which is directly south of NewMexico.

Using unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than stated above can causepersistent, heavy “spark knock.” ( “Spark

, y ylight spark knock for a short time whileaccelerating or driving up hills. This is not acause for concern, because you get thegreatest fuel benefit when there is light

spark knock for a short time under heavyengine load.


ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTERRECOMMENDATION

the front of the container should be used. Thistype of oilsupersedes theexisting APISG, SH,orSJ and Energy Conserving II categories

NISSAN recommends mineral based oils. Thoils must, however, meet the API quality and Sviscosity ratings specified for your vehicle.

Oil additives

NISSAN does not recommend the use ofadditives. The use of an oil additive is not necsary when the proper oil type is used and matenance intervals are followed.

Oil which may contain foreign matter or has b

previously used should not be used.

Oil viscosity

The engine oil viscosity or thickness changwith temperature. Because of this, it is importto select the engine oil viscosity based on temperatures at which the vehicle will be op

WTI0033



Selecting the correct oil

It is essential to choose engine oil with the cor-rect quality and viscosity to ensure satisfactory

engine life and performance. NISSAN recom-mends the use of a low friction oil (energy con-serving oil) in order to improve fuel economy andconserve energy. Oils which do not have thespecified qualitylabel should not be used as theycould cause engine damage.

Only those engine oils with the American Petro-leum Institute (API) CERTIFICATION MARK on

SJ and Energy Conserving II categories.

If you cannot find engine oil with the API CERTI-FICATION MARK, use an API grade SG/SH,Energy Conserving II or API grade SJ or SL,

Energy Conserving oil. An oil with a single desig-nation SG or SH, or in combination with othercategories (for example, SG/CC or SG/CD) mayalso be used if one with the API CERTIFICATIONMARK cannot be found. An ILSAC gradeGF-II &GF-III oil can also be used.

p pated before the next oil change. The chart “Rommended SAE viscosity number” shows recommended oil viscosities for the expecambient temperatures. Choosing an oil visco

other than that recommended could cause sous engine damage.

Selecting the correct oil filter

Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped withigh-quality genuine NISSAN oil filter. Whenplacing, use a genuine NISSAN oil filter orequivalent for the reason described in “Chanintervals”.


Change intervals

The oil and oil filter change intervals for yourengine are based on the use of the specifiedquality oils and filters. Using engine oil and filtersthat are not of the specified quality, or exceedingrecommended oil and filter change intervalscould reduce engine life. Damage to the enginecaused by improper maintenance or use of incor-rect oil and filter quality and/or viscosity is notcovered by the NISSAN new vehicle warranty.

Your engine was filled with a high-quality engineoil when it was built. You do not have to changethe oil before the first recommended changeinterval. Oil and filter change intervals dependupon how you use your vehicle.

Operation under the following conditions mayi f t il d filt h

AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEMREFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANTRECOMMENDATIONS

The air conditioner system in your NISS vehicle must be charged with the refrigant HFC-134a (R-134a) and the lubricaNISSAN A/C system oil Type R or the exequivalents.

CAUTION

The use of any other refrigerant or lubcant will cause severe damage to the conditioning system and will require treplacement of all air conditioner systecomponents.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in y



require more frequent oil and filter changes:

● repeated short distance driving at cold out-side temperatures

●

driving in dusty conditions● extensive idling

● towing a trailer RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITYNUMBER

● SAE 5W-30 viscosity oil is preferred for alltemperatures. SAE 10W-30 or SAE10W-40 viscosity oils may be used if theambient temperature is above 0°F (-18°C).

The refrigerant HFC 134a (R 134a) in yNISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth’s ozlayer. Although this refrigerant does not affectearth’s atmosphere, certain government regtions require the recovery and recycling of

refrigerant during automotive air conditioner stem service. A NISSAN dealer has the traintechnicians and equipment needed to recoand recycle your air conditioner system refrigant.

Contact a NISSANdealer when servicingyouconditioner system.

ATI1028


ENGINEModel KA24DE VG33E/VG33ER

Type Gasoline, 4-cycle Gasoline, 4-cycleCylinder arrangement 4-cylinder in-line 6-cylinder, V-slanted at 60°Bore x Stroke in (mm) 3.504 x 3.780 (89. x 96.0) 3.602 x 3.268 (91.5 x 83.0)

Displacement cu in (cm3) 145.78 (2,389) 199.84 (3,275)Firing order 1–3–4–2 1–2–3–4–5–6

Idle speed rpm

See the “Emission Control label” on the underside of the hood.Ignition timing degree (B.T.D.C.) at idle speed degree/rpmCO percentage at idle speed [No air] %

Ex cept S upercharger SuperchargerSpark plug PFR5G-11 (Standard)*1 PFR5G-11 (Standard)*1 PFR6G-11 (Standard)*1

PFR6G-11 (Cold)*1 PFR6G-11 (Cold)*1 PFR7G-11 (Cold)*1P FR 4G-11 (Hot) *1 PFR5G-11 (Hot) *1

Spark plug gap (Nominal) in (mm) 0.039–0.043 (1.0–1.1) 0.039–0.043 (1.0–1.1)

Camshaft operation Timing chain Timing belt*2G b l i

SPECIFICATIONS



Generator belt sizeWidth x Length in (mm) 0.413 x 35.63 (10.5 x 905) 0.701 x 31.69 (17.8 x 805)

*1: Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information.

*2: Periodic maintenance is necessary. See “Periodic maintenace schedules” in the “NISSAN Service and Maintenace Guide.”

The spark ignition system of this vehicle meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations.


WHEELS AND TIRES

Road wheel/offset in (mm) Tire Spare tire size

4X2 XE 15X7J/1.57 (40) Steel16X7JJ/1.57 (40) Alloy

P265/70R15P265/70R16

P265/70R15P265/70R16

SE 16X7JJ/1.57 (40) Alloy17X8JJ (40) Alloy

P265/70R16P265/65R17

P265/70R16P265/65R17

4X4 XE 16X7JJ/1.57 (40) Steel P265/70R16 P265/70R16

SE 16X7JJ/1.57 (40) Alloy17X8JJ (40) Alloy

P265/70R16P265/65R17

P265/70R16P265/65R17




DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

Unit: in (

XE XE XE SE SE

4x2 4x2 4x4 4x2 4x4

KA24DE VG33E/VG33ER VG33E/VG33ER VG33E/VG33ER VG33E/VG33ER

Overall length*1 178 (4,520) 178 (4,520) 178 (4,520) 178 (4,520) 178 (4,520)

Overall width 70.4 (1,788) 70.4 (1,788) 70.4 (1,788) 70.4 (1,788) 70.4 (1,788)

Overall height

w/roof rack 73.3 (1,862) 73.3 (1,862) 74 (1,880) 73.6 (1,870) 73.4 (1,865)w/o roof rack 69.4 (1,764) 69.4 (1,764) 69.4 (1,764) 69.8 (1,773) 69.6 (1,768)

Front tread 60 (1,525) 60 (1,525) 60 (1,525) 60 (1,525) 60 (1,525)

Rear tread 59.3 (1,505) 59.3 (1,505) 59.3 (1,505) 59.3 (1,505) 59.3 (1,505)

Wheelbase 104.3 (2,649) 104.3 (2,649) 104.3 (2,649) 104.3 (2,649) 104.3 (2,649)

Gross vehicle weight rating See the “F.M.V.S.S. certification label” on the driver side door jamb pillar.lb (k )



lb (kg)Gross axle weight rating

Front lb (kg)Rear lb (kg)


When planning to drive your NISSAN ve-hicle in another country, you should first findout if the fuel available is suitable for your vehi-cle’s engine.

Using fuel with an octane rating that is too lowmay cause engine damage. All gasoline vehiclesmust be operated with unleaded gasoline. There-fore, avoid taking your vehicle to areas whereappropriate fuel is not available.

When transferring the registration of your

vehicle to another country, state, provinceor district, it may be necessary to modify thevehicle to meet local laws and regulations.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis-sion control and safety standards vary accordingto the country, state, province or district; there-fore, vehicle specifications may differ.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(VIN) PLATE

( )

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBE(chassis number)

WTI0054 WTI0

WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERINGYOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHERCOUNTRY

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION



p y

When any vehicle is to be taken into an-other country, state, province or districtand registered, its modifications, transpor-

tation, and registration are the responsibil-ity of the user. NISSAN is not responsiblefor any inconvenience that may result.

The vehicle identification number (VIN) plate isattached as shown. This number is the identifica-tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicleregistration.

The vehicle identification number is locatedshown.


ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER

Th b i t d th i h

F.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATION LABEL

The Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FV S S ) certification label is affixed as sho

KA24DE engine

WTI0056

VG33E/VG33ER engine

WTI0057 WTI0



The number is stamped on the engine as shown. .V.S.S.) certification label is affixed as shoThis label contains valuable vehicle informatsuch as: Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings (GVWGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR), month a

year of manufacture, Vehicle Identification Nuber (VIN), etc. Review it carefully.

Technical and consumer information 9-

EMISSION CONTROLINFORMATION LABEL

Th i i t l i f ti l b l i t

TIRE PLACARD

The cold tire pressure is shown on the tire plac-ard The tire placard is located as shown

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATIOLABEL

Th i diti ifi ti l b l i ffi d

WTI0059 WTI0060 WTI0



The emission control information label is at-tached as shown.

ard. The tire placard is located as shown. Theair conditioner specification label is affixedshown.


2. Carefully drill a hole using a 0.39 inch (10mm) drill bit at each location mark (smalldimple) on the bumper fascia᭺ A .

3. Insert one grommet into each hole᭺B .

4. Insert a small screwdriver into the grommetto turn the plastic insert.

5. Install the license plate with two M5x 25mmbolts᭺C .

CAUTION

● It is extremely dangerous to ride incargo area inside a vehicle. In a co sion, people riding in these areas amore likely to be seriously injured killed.

● Do not allow people to ride in any arof your vehicle that is not equipped w seats and seat belts.

● Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in seat and using a seat belt properly.

TERMS

It is important to familiarize yourself with the lowing terms before loading your vehicle:

● Curb Weight (actual weight of your vehi

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION



Use thefollowing steps to mount thefront licenseplate:

1. Remove the two screw gromments from theglove box.

- vehicle weight including: standard and tional equipment, fluids, emergency toand spare tire assembly. This weight donot include passengers and cargo.

● GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curb weplus the combined weight of passengand cargo.

● GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Ratingmaximum total weight (load) limit specifor the vehicle.

WTI0062


● GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) - maxi-mum weight (load) limit specified for thefront or rear axle.

DETERMINING VEHICLE LOADCAPACITY

The load capacity of this vehicle is determined byweight, not by available cargo space. For ex-ample, a roof rack, bike carrier, or similar equip-ment does not increase load carrying capacity ofyour vehicle.

To determine vehicle load capacity:

Vehicle weight can be determined by using acommercial-grade scale, found at places such asa truck stop, gravel quarry, grain elevator, or ascrap metal recycling facility.

1. Determine the curb weight of your vehicle.

1. Plastic hook 2. Metal hook

Do not apply a total load of more th110lbs. (50 kg) to a single metal ceiltie-down hook when securing cargo.

Cargo area ceiling tie-down hooks

WIC0341



g y

2. Compare the curb weight amount to theGVWR specified for your vehicle to deter-mine how much more weight your vehicle

can carry.

3. After loading (cargo and passengers), re-weigh your vehicle to determine if eitherGVWR or GAWR for your vehicle is ex-ceeded. If GVWR is exceeded, removecargo as necessary. If either the front or rearGAWR is exceeded, shift theload or removecargo as necessary.

SECURING THE LOAD

There are tie down hooks located in both the

ceiling and floor of the cargo area as shown. Thetie down hooks can be used to secure cargo withropes or other types of straps.

Do not apply a total load of more than 33lbs. (15 kg) to a single plastic ceiling ormetal floor tie-down hook when securingcargo.


WARNING

● Properly secure all cargo with ropes or

● Do not load your vehicle any heavierthan the GVWR or the maximum frontand rear GAWRs. If youdo, partsof your vehicle can break, tire damage couldoccur, or it can change the way your vehicle handles. This could result inloss of control and cause personalinjury.

LOADING TIPS

●

The GVW must not exceed GVWR orGAWR as specified on the F.M.V.S.S. Cer-tification Label.

● Do not load the front and rear axle to theGAWR. Doing so will exceed the GVWR.

● Loads should be spread out, and cargoshould be properly secured. Large or heavy

bj t h ld b l d t d th f t f

PAYLOAD WEIGHT CAPACITYThe payload weight capacity shown on followcharts indicate the maximum total weight of psengers, optional equipment (air conditiontrailer hitch, etc) and cargo that your vehicldesigned to carry.

Before driving a loaded vehicle, confirm that do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rat(GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight Ra(GAWR) for your vehicle. See ’’Vehicle Load

Information’’ earlier in this section for details.

Also check tires for proper inflation pressuSee the tire placard .

Cargo area floor tie-down hooks

WIC0342



● Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher thanthe seatbacks. In a sudden stop or col-

lision, unsecured cargo could causepersonal injury.

objects should be placed toward the front ofthe cargo area to help prevent shifting.

CAUTION

Overloading can shorten the life of the vehicle. Failures caused by overloadingare not covered by the vehicle’s warranty.


Payload Weight Capacity

2WD 4WD

KA24DE VG33E

ManualTransmission

ManualTransmission


ManualTransmission


XE XE SE XE SE

lbs kg lbs kg lbs kg lbs kg lbs kg

Federal 1,235 560 1,080 490 1,080 490 981 445 981 445

California 1,235 560 1,080 490 1,080 490 981 445 981 445

Canada N/A N/A 1,001 454 1,001 454 970 440 970 440

Payload Weight Capacity VG33ER

2WD 4WD

MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTSSecure loose items to prevent weight shifts tcould affect the balance of your vehicle. Whthe vehicle is loaded, drive to a scale and wethe front and the rear wheels separately to demine axle loads. Individual axle loads should exceed either of the gross axle weight ratin(GAWR). The total of the axle loads should exceed the gross vehicle weight rating (GVWThese ratings are given on the vehicle certif

tion label. If weight ratings are exceeded, movremove items to bring all weights below the ings.



lbs kg lbs kg

Federal 992 450 926 420

California 992 450 926 420

Canada 1,001 454 882 400


Your new vehicle was designed to be used pri-marily to carry passengers and cargo. Rememberthat towing a trailer places additional loads onyour vehicle’s engine, drive train, steering, brak-ing and other systems.

A Nissan Trailer Towing Guide (U.S. only) isavailable from a NISSAN dealer. This guide in-cludes information on trailer towing ability andthespecial equipment required for proper towing.

MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITSMaximum trailer loads

Never allow the total trailer load to exceed thevalue specified in the following TowingLoad/Specification Chart found later in this sec-tion.The total trailer load equalstrailer weightplusits cargo weight.

than these or using improper towing equipmentcould adversely affect vehicle handling, brakingand performance.

The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is notonly related to the maximum trailer loads, but alsothe places you plan to tow. Tow weights appro-priate for level highway driving may have to bereduced on very steep grades or in low tractionsituations (for example, on slippery boat ramps).

WARNING

Vehicle damage and/or personal injury resulting from improper towing proceduresare not covered by NISSAN warranties. ANISSAN Trailer Towing Guide (U.S. only)containing information on trailer towingability and the special equipment requiredmay be obtained from a NISSAN dealer.

Tongue load

Keep the tongue load between 9 - 11 percenthe total trailer load within the maximum ton

CA0

TOWING A TRAILER



g g

● When towing a trailer load of 1,000 lbs.(454 kg) or more, trailers with a brake sys-tem MUST be used.

The maximum GCWR (Gross Combined WeightRating) should not exceed the value specified inthe following Towing Load/ Specification Chart.

The GCWR equals the combined weight of thetowing vehicle (including passengers and cargo)plus the total trailer load. Towing loads greater

load limits shown in the following TowLoad/Specification Chart. If the tongue load comes excessive, rearrange cargo to allow

proper tongue load.


Maximum gross vehicleweight/maximum gross axle weight

The gross vehicle weight of the towing vehicle

ATI1025



g g gmust not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating(GVWR) shown on the F. M. V. S. S. certificationlabel. The gross vehicle weight equals the com-

bined weight of the unloaded vehicle, passen-gers, luggage, hitch, trailer tongue load and anyother optional equipment. In addition, front or reargross axle weight must not exceed the gross axleweight rating (GAWR) shown onthe F. M. V. S. S.certification label.


TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATIONCHART

Unit: lbs (

Engine KA24DE (4 cyl) VG33E/VG33ER (V6)

Model 2WD 2WD 4WD

Transmission M/T M/T A/T M/T A/T

Maxiumum Trailer Weight*1 3,500 (1,588) 3,500 (1,588) 5,000 (2,268) 3,500 (1,588) 5,000 (2,268)

Maximum Tongue Load 350 (159) 350 (159) 500 (227) 350 (159) 500 (227)

Gross Combined WeightRating

7,700 (3,492) 8,000 (3,628) 9,500 (4,309) 8,000 (3,628) 9,500 (4,309)

RecommendedEquipment*2

Sway Control Device Sway Control Device Sway Control Device Sway Control Device Sway Control Device

*1: All towing above 1,000 lb (454 kg) requires the use of trailer brakes. NISSAN recommends the use of a tandem axle trailer whenever towing above 3,000 lb (1,361 kg).

*2: A sway control device is recommended for all towing above 2,000 lb (907 kg). Sway control devices are not offered by NISSAN. See a professional trailer/hitch outlet for a properly designed sway control device for your trailer.



M/T = Manual Transmission

A/T = Automatic Transmission

2WD = 2-wheel drive

4WD = 4-wheel drive


TOWING SAFETYTrailer hitch

Check the towing capacity of your bumper hitchor receiver-type frame mounted hitch. Choose aproperhitchfor your vehicle andtrailer. A genuineNissan trailer hitch is available from your NISSANdealer. Make sure the trailer hitch is securelyattached to the vehicle to help avoid personalinjury or property damage due to sway caused bycrosswinds, rough road surfaces or passing

trucks.

CAUTION

● Special hitches which include frame re-inforcements are required for towingabove 2,000 lb (907 kg). Suitable genu-ine NISSAN hitches for pickup trucksand sport utility vehicles are available

● To reduce the possibility of additionaldamage if your vehicle is struck fromthe rear, where practical, remove thehitch and/or receiver when not in use.

● After the hitch is removed, seal the boltholes to prevent exhaust fumes, wateror dust from entering the passengercompartment.

● Regularly check that all trailer hitchmounting bolts are securely mounted.

Tire pressures

● When towing a trailer, inflatethe vehicle tiresto the recommended cold tire pressure indi-cated on the tire placard.

● Trailer tire condition, size, load rating andproper inflation pressure should be in accor-

Trailer lightsTrailer lights should comply with federal andlocal regulations. For assistance in hookingtrailer lights, contact a NISSAN dealer.



and sport utility vehicles are availableat a NISSAN dealer.

● The hitch should not be attached to or

affect the operation of the impact-absorbing bumper.

● Do not use axle-mounted hitches.

● Do not modify the vehicle exhaust sys-tem, brake system, etc. to install atrailer hitch.

dance with thetrailer and tire manufacturer’sspecifications.

Safety chainsAlways use suitable safety chains between yourvehicle and the trailer. Safety chains should becrossed and should be attached to the hitch, notto the vehicle bumper or axle. Be sure to leaveenough slack in the chains to permit turningcorners.


1. Vehicle harness connector end2. Connector cap3. SAE J1239 connector (to trailer)4. Tow harness connector (to vehicle ha

WTI0



Trailer tow harness and module (if soequipped)

The trailer tow module on your vehicle allowsturn/stop lamp control of a trailer being towed byyour NISSAN.

The trailer tow module includes:

● trailer tow module which draws power fromthe vehicle stop lamp fuse

● one subharness containing a SAE J1239specified connector

4. Tow harness connector (to vehicle haness)

To use the tow harness:

1. Remove the connector cap using a suitatool from the vehicle harness, located hind the right rear wheel well attached toframe. Store the connector cap in vehglove box for reinstallation.

2. Connect the tow harness so the vehharness located behind the right rear whwell attached to the frame.

WTI0063


3. Route the trailer tow harness so that it doesnot block access to the spare tire winchsocket.

4. Connect the tow harness connector (SAEJ1239) to your trailer.

5. Confirm proper vehicle and trailer stop/turnlamp operation.

6. When towing is completed, disconnect thetow harness from the trailer and the vehicle.

Store the tow harness in the glove box. Rein-stall the connector cap to the vehicle harness.

If you need further assistance in wiring a trailer toyour NISSAN, contact a NISSAN dealer.

Always confirm proper vehicle and trailer stop/turn lamp operation every time thetrailer light circuits are connected for use.

Pre-towing tips● Be certain your vehicle maintains a level

position when a loaded and/or unloadedtrailer is hitched. Do not drive the vehicle if ithas an abnormal nose-up or nose-downcondition; check for improper tongue load,overload, worn suspension or other possiblecauses of either condition.

● Always secure items in the trailer to preventload shift while driving.

● Be certain your rear view mirrors conform toall federal, state or local regulations. If not,install any mirrors required for towing beforedriving the vehicle.

Trailer towing tips

In order to gain skill and an understanding of thevehicle’s behavior you should practice turning

● Always block thewheels on bothvehicleatrailer when parking. Parking on a slopnot recommended; however, if you mustso, and if your vehicle is equipped withautomatic transmission, first block wheels and apply the parking brake, athen move the transmission shift seleclever into the P (Park) position. If you mthe shift selector lever to the P (Park) potion beforeblockingthe wheelsand applythe parking brake, transmission dam

could occur.

● When going down a hill, shift into a lowgear and use the engine braking effWhen going up a long grade, downshift transmission to a lower gear and reduspeed to reduce chances of engine ovloading and/or overheating. However, long steep grades do not stay in 1st or 2



Trailer brakes

If your trailer is equipped with a braking system,

make sure it conforms to federal and/or localregulations and that it is properly installed.

WARNING

Never connect a trailer brake system di-rectly to the vehicle brake system.

vehicle s behavior, you should practice turning,stopping and backing up in an area which is freefrom traffic. Steering stability and braking perfor-

mance will be somewhat different than undernormal driving conditions.

● Always secure items in the trailer to preventload shift while driving.

● Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration or stops.

● Avoid sharp turns or lane changes.

● Always drive your vehicle at a moderatespeed.

long steep grades, do not stay in 1st or 2gear when driving above 35 MPH (56km

● If the engine coolant rises to an extrem

high temperature when the air conditiosystem is on, turn off the air conditionCoolant heat can be additionally ventedopening the windows, switching the control to high and setting the temperatcontrol to the HOT position.

● Trailer towing requires more fuel than norcircumstances.


● Avoid towing a trailer for your vehicle’s first500 miles (805 km).

● Have your vehicle serviced more often thanat intervals specified in the recommendedMaintenance Schedule in the “NISSAN Ser-vice and Maintenance Guide”.

● When making a turn, your trailer wheels willbe closer to the inside of the turn than yourvehicle wheels. To compensate for this,make a larger than normal turning radius

during the turn.

● Crosswinds and rough roads will adverselyaffect vehicle/trailer handling, possibly caus-ing vehicle sway. When being passed bylarger vehicles, be prepared for possiblechanges in crosswinds that could affect ve-hicle handling. If swaying does occur, firmlygrip the steering wheel steer straight ahead

● To maintain engine braking efficiency andelectrical charging performance, do not use5th gear (manual transmission) or overdrive(automatic transmission).

● Avoid holding thebrake pedal down too longor too frequently. This could cause thebrakes to overheat, resulting in reducedbraking efficiency.

When towing a trailer, transmissionoil/fluid should be changed more fre-

quently. For additional information, see the“Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sectionearlier in this manual.

DOT (Department of Transportation) QuGrades: All passenger car tires must conformfederal safety requirements in addition to thgrades.

Quality grades can be found where applicablethe tire sidewall between tread shoulder amaximum section width. For example:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature

Treadwear

Treadwear grade is a comparative rating bason tire wear rate when tested under controconditions on specified government test coursFor example, a tire graded 150 would wear oand a half (1-1/2) times as well on the govement course as a tire graded 100. Howevrelative tire performance depends on actual ding conditions, and may vary significantly due

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING



grip the steering wheel, steer straight ahead,and immediately (but gradually) reduce ve-hicle speed. This combination will help sta-

bilize the vehicle. Never increase speed.● Be careful when passing other vehicles.

Passing while towing a trailer requires con-siderably more distance than normal pass-ing. Remember, the length of the trailer mustalso pass the other vehicle before you cansafely change lanes.

g y y g yvariations in driving habits, service practices differences in road characteristics and climat

Traction AA, A, B and CThe traction grades, from highest to lowest, AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as msured under controlled conditions on specifgovernment test surfaces of asphalt and ccrete. A tire marked C may have poor tractperformance.


WARNING

The traction grade assigned to your ve-hicle tires is based on straight-aheadbraking traction tests and does not in-clude acceleration, cornering, hydroplan-ing or peak traction characteristics.

Temperature A, B and C

Temperature grades are A (the highest), B, andC. They represent a tire’s resistance to heat

build-up, and its ability to dissipate heat whentested under controlled conditions on a specifiedindoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh tem-perature can cause tire material to degenerate,reducing tire life. Excessive temperatures canlead to sudden tire failure. Grade C correspondsto a performance level which all passenger cartires must meet under the Federal Motor VehicleS f S d d N 109 G d A d B

WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire is es-tablished for a tire that is properly inflatedand not overloaded. Excessive speed,under-inflation, or excessive loading, ei-ther separately or in combination, cancause heat build-up and possible tirefailure.

Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the followemission warranties:

For US

1. Emission Defects Warranty

2. Emissions Performance Warranty

Details of these warranties may be found wother vehicle warranties in your Warranty Inmation Booklet which comes with your NISSvehicle. If you did not receive a WarrantyInfor

tion Booklet, or it is lost, you may obtain a placement by writing to:

● Nissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 191Gardena, CA 90248-0191

For Canada

E i i C t l S t W t

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMWARRANTY



Safety Standard No. 109. Grades A and B rep-resent higher levels of performance on laboratorytest wheels than the minimum required by law.

Emission Control System Warranty

Details of these warranties may be found wother vehicle warranties in your Warranty Inmation Booklet which comes with your NISSvehicle. If you did not receive a WarrantyInfortion Booklet, or it is lost, you may obtain a placement by writing to:

● Nissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario, L4W 4Z5


If you believe that your vehicle has a defect whichcould cause a crash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediately inform the Na-tional Highway Traffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifying NISSAN.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it mayopen an investigation, and if it finds that a safetydefect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order arecall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSAcannot become involved in individual problemsbetween you, your dealer, or NISSAN.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Auto SafetyHotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236. You mayalso write to: NHTSA, U.S. Department of Trans-portation, Washington, D.C. 20590. You can alsoobtain other information about motor vehiclesafety from the Hotline.

You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Con-sumer Affairs Department toll-free at 1-800-

Due to legal requirements in some states andCanadian Provinces, your vehicle may be re-quired to be in what is called the “ready condi-tion” for an Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test ofthe emission control system.

Thevehicle is set to the “ready condition”’when itis driven through certain driving patterns. Usually,the ready condition can be obtained by ordinaryusage of the vehicle.

If a powertrain system component is repaired or

the battery is disconnected, the vehicle may bereset to a “not ready”condition. Before taking theI/M test, drive the vehicle through the followingpattern to set the vehicle to the ready condition. Ifyou cannot or do not want to perform the drivingpattern, a NISSAN dealer can conduct it for you.

WARNING

2. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 mph (88 kmthen quickly release the accelerator pecompletely and keep it released for at leaseconds.

3. Quickly depress the accelerator pedal fmoment, then drive the vehicle at a speed53 - 60 mph (85 - 97 km/h) for at leasminutes.

4. Stop the vehicle.

5. Accelerate the vehicle to 35 mph (55 km

and maintain the speed for 20 seconds.

6. Repeat steps 4 through 5 at least thtimes.

7. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 mph (88 kmand maintain the speed for at least 3 mutes.

8. Stop the vehicle and turn the engine off.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS (USonly)

READINESS FOR INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST



sumer Affairs Department, toll-free, at 1-800-NISSAN-1.

In Hawaii call 1-808-836-0888.

Always drive the vehicle in a safe andprudent manner according to traffic con-

ditions and obey all traffic laws.1. Start the engine when the engine coolant

temperature gauge needle points to C. Al-low the engine to idle until the gauge needlepoints between the C and H (normal oper-ating temperature).

p g

9. Repeat steps 1 through 8 at least one mtime.

If steps 1 through 7 are interrupted, repeat preceding step. Anysafe driving mode is acceable between steps. Do not stop the engine ustep 7 is completed. If you cannot or do not wto perform the driving pattern, a NISSAN decan conduct it for you.


DYNAMOMETER TESTING FORINSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M)TEST (US only)

Due to legal requirements in some states/areas,your vehicle may be tested for emissions on adynamometer. The transfer control lever (if soequipped) MUST be in the 2H position for I/Mtesting on a two wheel dynamometer.

WARNING

● If the transfer control lever is not in the2H position during the dynamometerI/M testing, the vehicle could come offthe dynamometer and cause seriouspersonal injury and/or body damage tothe vehicle.

● Serious damage will occur to the 4WD system if the transfer control lever is



not in the 2H position.


A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the bsource of service and repair information for yvehicle. Filled with wiring diagrams, illustratiand step-by-stepdiagnostic and adjustment pcedures, this manual is the same one used byfactory trained technicians working at NISSdealerships. Also available are genuine NISSOwner’s Manuals, and genuine NISSAN Servand Owner’s Manuals for older NISSAN mod

For USA

For current pricing and availability of genuNISSAN Service Manuals for the 2000 moyear and later contact:

Tweddle Litho Company1-800-639-8841www.nissan-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability of genuNISSAN Service Manuals for the 1999 mo

d i NISSAN d l

OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICEMANUAL ORDER INFORMATION



year and prior, see a NISSAN dealer, or cont

DDS Distribution Service, Ltd.

20770 Westwood RoadStrongsville, OH 441361-800-247-5321


For current pricing and availability of genuineNISSANOwner’s Manuals forthe 2003 modelyear and prior, see a NISSAN dealer, or contact:

DDS Distribution Service, Ltd.20770 Westwood RoadStrongsville, OH 441361-800-247-5321

For Canada

To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN Ser-

vice Manual or Owner’s Manual please contactyour nearest NISSANdealer. For thephone num-ber and location of a NISSAN dealer in your areacall the NISSAN Information Center at 1-800-387-0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representa-tive will assist you.

Also available are genuine NISSAN Service andOwner’s Manuals for older NISSAN models.

Insist on the use of genuine NISSANcollision parts!

If youwant your vehicle to be restored using partsmade to NISSAN’s original exacting specifica-tions – if you want to help it to last and hold itsresale value, the solution is simple. Tell yourinsurance agent and your repair shop toonly use Genuine NISSAN Collision Parts.NISSAN does not warrant non-NISSAN parts,nor does NISSAN’s warranty apply to damage

caused by a non-genuine part.Using Genuine NISSAN Parts can help protectyour personal safety, preserve your warranty pro-tection and maintain the resale value of yourvehicle. And if your vehicle was leased, usingGenuine NISSAN Parts may prevent or limit un-necessary excess wear and tear expenses at theend of your lease.

NISSANd i it h d ith l t

that restrict insurance companies from authoing the use of non-genuine collision parts durthe new vehicle warranty. These laws help ptect you, so you can take action to protect yoself.

It’s your right!

If you should need further information visit uswww.nissanusa.com.



IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION

Unfortunately, accidents do occur. In this unlikelyevent, there is some important information youshould know.

Many insurance companies routinely authorizethe use of non-genuine collision parts in order tocut costs, among other reasons.

NISSANdesigns its hoods with crumple zones tominimize the risk that the hood will penetrate thewindshield of your vehicle in an accident. Non-genuine (imitation) parts may not provide suchbuilt in safeguards. Also, non-genuine parts oftenshow premature wear, rust and corrosion.

Why should you take a chance?

In over 40 states, the law says you must beadvised if non-genuine parts are used to repairyour vehicle. And some states have enacted laws


10 Index

A

Air bag (See supplemental restraintsystem ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 -8Air bag warning light. . . . . . . . . . .1-19, 2-12Air cleaner housing filter . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22Air conditioner

Air conditioner operation. . . . . . . . . . .4-5Air conditioner service . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9Air conditioner specification label . . . . .9-12

Air conditioner system refrigerant andlubrication recommendations . . . . . . . .9-6Heater and air conditioner controls . . . . .4-2Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . .4-9

Air f low charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6Alarm system(See vehicle security system) . . . . . . . . .2-15Anchor point locations . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-42Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-28Anti-lock brake system (ABS) 5-24

AutomaticAutomatic power window switch . . . . .2-32Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) . . . .8-14Driving with automatic transmission . . . .5-10Transmission selector lever lock release .5-12

B

Ba tter y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 -1 8Charge warning light . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11

Battery replacement(See remote keyless entry system) . . . . . . .3-7Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . .5-9Belts (See drive belts) . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19Brake

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . .5-24Brake booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-30Brake f luid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16Brake light (See stop light). . . . . . . . .8-36Brake pedal 8-29

C

Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2Cargo (See vehicle loading information) . . .9-1CD player (See audio system). . . . . . . . .4-1Check engine indicator light(See malfunction indicator light) . . . . . . . .2-1Child restraint with top tether strap . . . . . .1-4

Child restraints. . . . . . .1-23, 1-24, 1-30, 1-3Precautions on child restraints. . . . . . .1-3Top tether strap anchor point locations . .1-4

Child safety rear door lock. . . . . . . . . . . .3-Chimes, audible reminders. . . . . . . . . . .2-15Cleaning exterior and interior . . . . . . . . . .7-Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-13, 4-18Clutch

Clutch f luid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16Cold weather driving 5-2



Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . .5-24Anti-lock brake warning light. . . . . . . . . .2-10Audible reminders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15

Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10Compact disc (CD) player . . . . . . . . .4-15FM-AM radio with compact disc (CD)changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-16FM-AM radio with compact disc (CD)player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10Steering wheel audio control switch. . . .4-28

Auto-lock free-running hubs . . . . . . . . . .5-20

Brake pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-29Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23Brake warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10

Brake wear indicators . . . . . . . .2-15, 8-29Parking brake check . . . . . . . . . . . .8-29Parking brake operation . . . . . . . . . .5-15Self-adjusting brakes . . . . . . . . . . . .8-29

Break-in schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18Brightness control

Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21Bulb check/instrument panel . . . . . . . . . .2-9Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-36

Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2Compact disc (CD) player . . . . . . . . . . .4-15Controls

Audio controls (steering wheel) . . . . . .4-2Heater and air conditioner controls . . . . .4-

CoolantCapacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Changing engine coolant. . . . . . . . . .8-1Checking engine coolant level. . . . . . . .8-Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . .2-

Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-

CoverTonneau cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30

Cruise control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16

Cup holders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27

D

Daytime running light system(Canada only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21Defogger switch

Rear window defogger switch . . . . . . .2-20Dimensions and weights. . . . . . . . . . . . .9-9Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Door open warning light . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11

Drive belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19Driving

Auto-lock free-running hubs . . . . . . . .5-20Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27Driving with automatic transmission . . . .5-10Driving with manual transmission . . . . .5-13Precautions when starting and driving . . .5-2

E

Checking engine coolant level. . . . . . . .8-9Checking engine oil level. . . . . . . . . .8-10Engine compartment check locations. . . .8-9

Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . .2-5Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10Engine oil and oil filter recommendation . .9-5Engine oil pressure warning light . . . . .2-11Engine oil viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . . . .9-11Engine specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7Starting the engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-9

Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide) . . . . . . . .5-2

F

First a id kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2Flashers (See hazard warning flasher switch). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22

Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Floor mat positioning aid. . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4Fluid

Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) . . . .8-14Brake fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16

FuelCapacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-

Fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1Fuel filler cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1Fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-Fuel octane rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9Fuel recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . .9

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 -3

G

Gas cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-Gauge

Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . .2Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-

Gear Basket(see roof rack with gear basket) . . . . . . . .3-General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2Glove box lock 2-



E

Economy - fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18

Emission control information label . . . . . . .9-12Emission control system warranty . . . . . . .9-24Engine

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . .5-9Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Changing engine coolant. . . . . . . . . .8-10Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11Changing engine oil filter. . . . . . . . . .8-13

Brake f luid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 16Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

Clutch f luid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10Power steering fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15Window washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17

F.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . . . .9-11Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2

Glove box lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-

H

Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . .2-Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1Headlight and turn signal switch. . . . . . . .2-2Headlights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3Heater

Heater and air conditioner controls . . . . .4Heater operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4

10-2

Hood release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8Hor n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -2 3Hubs

Auto-lock free-running hubs . . . . . . . .5-20

I

Ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7Important vehicle information label. . . . . . .9-11In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23Increasing fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18Indicator lights and audible reminders(See warning/indicator lights and audible

reminders). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9Inside mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . .2-21Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2Inter ior l ight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-35ISOFIX child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-39

J

L

LabelsAir conditioner specification label . . . . .9-12Emission control information label . . . . .9-12Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . . . .9-11F.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . .9-11Vehicle identification number(VIN) plate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10Warning labels (for SRS). . . . . . . . . .1-19

LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tether forChildren) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-39License plate

Installing the license plate . . . . . . . . .9-13

LightAir bag warning light. . . . . . . . .1-19, 2-12Brake light (See stop light). . . . . . . . .8-36Bulb check/instrument panel . . . . . . . .2-9Bulb replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-36Charge warning light . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22Headlight and turn signal switch. . . . . .2-20Headlights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-33Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-35

Glove box lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-Power door locks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-Rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3

Low fuel warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-Low tire pressure warning light . . . . . . . .2-Low tire pressure warning system. . . . . . . .5Low washer fluid warning light. . . . . . . . .2-Luggage rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1Luggage rack (see roof rack) . . . . . . . . .3-Luggage rack (see roof rack with gear basket) . . . . . . . .3-Luggage (See vehicle loading information). . .9-

M

MaintenanceGeneral maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . .8Inside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . .8Outside the vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . . .1-3Under the hood and vehicle . . . . . . . . .8

Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL). . . . . . . .2-1Manual front seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . .1Manual windows 2-3



Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-9

K

Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Keyless entry system(See remote keyless entry system) . . . . . . .3-4

Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 35Light bulbs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-33Low tire pressure warning light . . . . . .2-11

Low washer fluid warning light. . . . . . .2-12Spotlights (See map light) . . . . . . . . .2-35Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9

LightsMap l ights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-35

Lock Child safety rear door lock. . . . . . . . . .3-4Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Manual windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 3Map l ights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3Meters and gauges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-

Instrument brightness control . . . . . . .2-Mirror

Inside mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1Outside mirror control . . . . . . . .3-16, 3-1Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1Vanity mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-

Multi-remote control system(See remote keyless entry system) . . . . . . .3Multi-remote controller battery replacement . .8-3

10

O

Octane rating (See fuel octane rating) . . . . .9-4Odom eter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -3Oil

Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11Changing engine oil filter. . . . . . . . . .8-13Checking engine oil level. . . . . . . . . .8-10Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10Engine oil and oil filter recommendation . .9-5Engine oil viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5

Outside mirror control . . . . . . . . . .3-16, 3-17

Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16Overdrive switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13Overheat

If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . .6-12Owner’s manual order form . . . . . . . . . .9-27Owner’s manual/service manual orderinformation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-27

P

Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . . .2-32Precautions

Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . .8-5

On-pavement and off-road drivingprecautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4Precautions on child restraints. . . . . . .1-30Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . . .1-21Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 -8Precautions when starting and driving . . .5-2

Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-11

R

RadioCar phone or CB radio. . . . . . . . . . .4-29FM-AM radio with compact disc (CD)changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-16FM-AM radio with compact disc (CD)player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12Steering wheel audio control switch. . . .4-28

Readiness for inspection maintenance (I/M)test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25Rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-9

S

SafetyChild safety rear door lock. . . . . . . . . .3Reporting safety defects (US only) . . . .9-

Seat adjustmentFront manual seat adjustment . . . . . . . .1

Seat beltPrecautions on seat belt usage . . . . . .1-Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . . .1-3Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2Shoulder belt height adjustment . . . . . .1-Three-point type with retractor. . . . . . .1-

Two-point type without retractor(rear center lap belt) . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1Seats

Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1Manual front seat adjustment . . . . . . . .1Rear seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4, 1Separate seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-4

Self-adjusting brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-



Parking

Parking brake check . . . . . . . . . . . .8-29Parking brake operation . . . . . . . . . .5-15Parking/parking on hills. . . . . . . . . . .5-22

PowerPower door locks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3Power outlet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-24Power steering fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15Power steering system . . . . . . . . . . .5-23Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-31

Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-32Rear seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4, 1-6

Rear window defogger switch . . . . . . . . .2-20Rear window wiper and washer switches. . .2-19Refrigerant recommendation . . . . . . . . . .9-6Registering your vehicle in another country . . .9-10Remote keyless entry system . . . . . . . . . .3-4Reporting safety defects (US only) . . . . . .9-25Roof headliner net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-26Roof rack with gear basket. . . . . . . . . . .3-10

j gService manual order form . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . .4

Shift lock release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1ShiftingAutomatic transmission. . . . . . . . . . .5-1Manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1

Shoulder belt height adjustment. . . . . . . .1-2Spark plug replacement . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-Spotlights (See map light) . . . . . . . . . . .2-3SRS warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1

10-4

StartingBefore starting the engine . . . . . . . . . .5-9Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-9

Precautions when starting and driving . . .5-2Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-11Starting the engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-9

SteeringPower steering fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15Power steering system . . . . . . . . . . .5-23Tilting steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15

Steering wheel audio control switch. . . . . .4-28Step rai l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13Stop l ight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-36S tor a ge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -2 5S unr oof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -3 3

Supplemental air bag warning light. . .1-19, 2-12Supplemental restraint systemInformation and warning labels. . . . . . .1-19Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 -8

Supplemental restraint system(Supplemental air bag system) . . . . . . . . .1-8Switch

Automatic power window switch . . . . .2-32Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22

T

Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5Temperature gaugeEngine coolant temperature gauge . . . . .2-5

Three-way catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2Tie down hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-29Tilting steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15Tire

Flat ti re . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Spare t ire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4Tire chains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-41Tire placard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-40

Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-42Tires of 4-wheel drive. . . . . . . . . . . .8-44Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-40Uniform tire quality grading. . . . . . . . .9-23Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-40Wheel/tire size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-8

Tire pressureLow tire pressure warning light . . . . . .2-11

Top tether strap child restraint . . . . . . . . .1-41Towing

Selector lever lock release . . . . . . . . .5-1Travel (See registering your vehicle inanother country). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-1

Turn signal switch (See headlight andturn signal switch) . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20, 2-2

U

Uniform tire quality grading. . . . . . . . . . .9-2

V

Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1

Vehicle dimensions and weights . . . . . . . .9Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system . . . .5-Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-Vehicle identification number (VIN)(Chassis number). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-Vehicle identification number (VIN) plate . . .9-Vehicle loading information. . . . . . . . . . .9-1Vehicle recovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-1Vehicle security system. . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1Venti lators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-



g gHazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . .2-22Headlight and turn signal switch. . . . . .2-20

Ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7Overdrive switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13Power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . . .3-3Rear window defogger switch . . . . . . .2-20Rear window wiper and washerswitches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19Windshield wiper and washer switch . . .2-18

g2-wheel drive models. . . . . . . . . . . .6-134-wheel drive models. . . . . . . . . . . .6-14

Flat towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-15Tow truck towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13Towing load/specification chart . . . . . .9-19Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-17

Transfer case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19Transmission

Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) . . . .8-14Driving with automatic transmission . . . .5-10Driving with manual transmission . . . . .5-13

W

WarningAir bag warning light. . . . . . . . .1-19, 2-1Anti-lock brake warning light. . . . . . . .2-1Battery charge warning light . . . . . . . .2-1Brake warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1Door open warning light . . . . . . . . . .2-1Engine oil pressure warning light . . . . .2-

10

Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . .2-22Low fuel warning light . . . . . . . . . . .2-11Low tire pressure warning light . . . . . .2-11

Low washer fluid warning light. . . . . . .2-12Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . . . . .2-11Vehicle security system. . . . . . . . . . .2-15Warning labels (for SRS). . . . . . . . . .1-19Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9

Warning l ights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9Washer switch

Rear window wiper and washerswitches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19Windshield wiper and washer switch . . .2-18

Weights (See dimensions and weights) . . . .9-9

Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-40Wheel/tire size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-8When traveling or registering your vehiclein another country. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10Window washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17Windows

Locking passengers’ windows. . . . . . .2-32Manual windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-33Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-31Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . . .2-32



Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . .2-18Wiper

Rear window wiper and washerswitches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19Windshield wiper and washer switch . . .2-18Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-26

10-6

MEMO



MEMO



RECOMMENDED FUEL:For 2.4L/3.3L engine

Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octanerating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) num-ber (Research octane number 91).

For 3.3L supercharger

Use unleaded premium gasoline with an octanerating of at least 91 AKI number (Research oc-tane number 96).

If unleaded premium gasoline is not available,unleaded regular gasoline with an octane ratingof at least 87 AKI (Research octane number 91)canbe used, butonly under thefollowingprecau-tions:

● have the fuel tank filled only partially withunleaded regular gasoline, and fill up withunleaded premium as soon as possible.

CAUTION● Using a fuel other than that specified

could adversely affect the emissioncontrol system, and may also affect thewarranty coverage.

● Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, because thiswill damage the three-way catalyst.

For additional information, see “Capacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants in the “Technical

and consumer information” section.

RECOMMENDED ENGINE OIL:

● API Certification Mark

● API grade SG/SH Energy Conserving II orAPI grade SJ or SL Energy Conserving

● ILSAC grade GF-II & GF-III

● 5W-30 Viscosity preferred

TIRE COLD PRESSURE:See tire placard.

RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLEBREAK-IN PROCEDURE:

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) of vehuse, follow the recommendations outlined in “BREAK-IN SCHEDULE” information foundthe “Starting and driving” section of this manFollow these recommendations for the futureliability and economy of your new vehicle. Faito follow these recommendations may resuvehicle damage or shortened engine life.

GAS STATION INFORMATION



● avoid full throttle driving and abrupt accel-

erationHowever, for maximum vehicle perfo-mance, the use of unleaded premium gaso-line is recommended.

y p

See “Engine oil and oil filter recommendation” in

the “Technical and consumer information” sec-tion of this manual.

1. Engine coolant 8-92. Battery 8-183. Power steering fluid 8-154. Automatic transmission fluid 8-145. Heater and air conditioner 4-2;

Audio system 4-12, 4-166. Passenger supplemental air bag 1-87. Fuel filler cap 3-11;

Fuel recommendations 9-38. Spare tire 6-2

9. Rear door lock 3-710. Seat belts 1-2111. Door locks 3-212. Driver supplemental air bag 1-813. Hood release 3-614. Meters and gauges 2-315. Clutch fluid 8-1616. Brake fluid 8-1617. Engine oil 8-1018 Wi d h fl id 8 17

QUICK REFERENCE



18. Window washer fluid 8-17

2003 Nissan Xterra

Documents

Transcript of 2003 Nissan Xterra